Skip to main content

Full text of "Who's who in Nevada : Brief sketches of men who are making history in the Sagebrush state"

See other formats


Brief  SKetcKes  of  Men  Who 

are    MaKing    History    in 

tHe  SagebrvisH  State 


Published  by 
BESSIE     BEATTY 


HOME    PRINTING  COMPANY.    Los  ANGELES.  CAL. 
1  907 


W  7 


Copyright  1907, 

by 
BESSIE  BEATTY 


To  the  Unknown  Heroes  of  the  Pick  and  Pan 


Work  that's  done,  and  the  prize  that's  won — 

These  be  the  cheerful  tales — 
There's  a  minor  note  that  grips  the  throat; 

What  of  the  man  who  fails? 

Pledge  a  health  to  the  hard  earned  wealth, 

Hail  to  the  men  who  win — 
And  to  those  who  wait  at  the  golden  gate 

For  the  ship  that  never  comes  in. 

That  unsung  horde  whose  ranks  are  broad, 

Knights  of  the  pick  and  pan; 
They  toil  and  sow,  and  the  next  who  go 

Harvest  what  they  began. 

The  sort  that  stays  for  the  endless  days 

In  the  Never  Never  Land; 
The  golden  dream  is  a  vanishing  gleam 

Like  the  phantom  lake  in  the  sand — 

Till  the  grind  is  past,  and  they  set  at  last 

Out  on  the  last  long  trail, 
Where  the  sun  has  set  and  beyond  it  yet — 

Here's  to  the  men  who  fail! 

— Ruth  Comfort  Mitchell 


Page 

NEVADA 15 

Newlands,   Hon.   Francis   G 24 

Nixon,  Hon.  George  S 27 

Bartlett,   Hon.    George    A 30 

Sparks,   Governor  John 33 

Dickerson,   Hon.   D.    S 36 

Colcord,  Hon.   R.   K 38 

Adams,  Hon.   Jewett   W 40 

TONOPAH  DISTRICT— Tonopah 45 

Butler,    Jim    48 

Oddie,    T.   L 51 

Macdonald,    Malcolm    53 

Gillies,   Donald   B 57 

Schwab,    Charles    M , 61 

Salsberry,  John  64 

O'Brien,  Judge  J.   P 66 

Brown,    Hugh    H 68 

Mushett,   L.   L 70 

Pittman,    Key    72 

Kendall,    Zeb    73 

Smith,  Bert   L 74 

Macdonald,   Irving   76 

Moran,  William  J 78 

Grimes,    Charles    T 80 

Duvall,    Marius    82 

Russell,   Will    C .' 84 

Bell,   Thomas   Jefferson 86 

McKane,   John   Y 88 

Kirchen,  John   90 

GOLDFIELD  DISTRICT—  Goldfield  95 

Loftus,  J.  P 98 

Davis,  James  R 101 

Lockhart,  Thomas  G . 104 

Wingfield,  George  107 

Myers,  A.  D 110 

Macmillan,  J.  H 113 

Holleran,    George    B 116 

Turner,  Dr.   D.   A 118 

Clark,  W.  H 122 

Patrick,  L.  L 124 

Detch,  Milton  M 126 

Weber,   Henry   128 

Douglas,  J.  F 130 

McCormack,   J.   C 132 

Stimler,    Harry    C 134 

Higginson,    C.    B 136 

Codd,  A.  A 138 

Donnellan,  John  Tilton 140 

Stone,  Walter  Corbaley 142 

Parkinson,  Webb  H 144 


CONTENTS  Page 

Boyer,  Harry  W 146 

Thomas,  Evans  Whitcomb 148 

Lind,  H.  B 150 

Murdock,  Charles  R 152 

Baxter,  Harold  154 

Siebert,  Fred  156 

Thayer,  Eufus  C 158 

Johnson,  Gilbert  Stanton 160 

Savage,  Leslie  Loring 162 

Brown,  Alden  H 164 

MacMaster,  H.  D 166 

Whittemore,  C.  0 168 

Sprague,  Charles  S 170 

Lindsay,  J.  L 172 

Vahrenkamp,  Fred.  H 174 

Curtis,  Loren  B 176 

Ish,  Milton  C 179 

Turner,  Ephrim  DeMore 182 

Tinnin,  John  185 

BULLFROG  DISTRICT— Bullfrog  189 

Montgomery,  E.  A 192 

Hoveck,  Matt  197 

Busch  Brothers  200 

Mann,  Curtis  203 

Ray,  Judge  L.  0 206 

Lindsay,  Sam  F 208 

Lindsay,  J.  B 210 

Cadogan,  John  L 212 

McGarry,  Leonard  B 214 

Fagan,  John  L 216 

Murphy,  Dan  218 

Mannix,  Frank  P 220 

McMahon,  Harry  G 222 

MANHATTAN  DISTRICT— Manhattan 225 

Boak,  Cada  C 229 

Humphrey,  John  Carl 232 

Naughton,  Frank 234 

Meder,  Ross 236 

Raymond,  Edward  L 238 

ROUND  MOUNTAIN  DISTRICT— Round  Mountain 243 

Stebbins,  John  F 248 

Bartlett,  Henry  , 250 

Olive,  Chester  0 252 

Wilson,  Thomas  254 

NORTHERN  NEVADA— The  Old  Nevada 259 

Rickey,  Col.  T.  B 263 

Platt,  Samuel  266 

Smith,  Oscar  J 268 

Ridge,  W.  R 271 

Burro,  J 274 

Assay 276 


FOREWORD 


EV ADA'S  most  valuable  asset  is  her 


men. 

The  land  of  sand  and  sagebrush  is 
a  land  of  real  men.  There  was  just 
as  much  gold  in  Nevada's  craggy 
brown  hills  at  the  beginning  of  time 
as  there  is  today.  It  was  men  she  needed — men  of  the 
pick  and  pan  to  wrest  from  her  secret  treasure  vaults  the 
yellow  dust  for  which  the  world  is  clamoring;  men  of 
brain,  men  of  brawn,  men  of  courage,  real  argonauts. 
Such  men  she  has  today. 

Men  of  Nevada  are  making  history  and  making  it 
faster  than  the  men  of  any  other  country  or  of  any 
other  era.  Sons  of  her  soil  and  sons  of  her  adoption 
are  working  together  for  her  good. 

A  few  years  ago  the  United  States  was  bewailing  the 
fate  of  Nevada  and  deploring  the  decrease  of  her  popu- 
lation. Today  not  only  the  United  States,  but  the  whole 
world  is  looking  on  with  a  marveling  eye  as  she  grows. 
Who  are  the  men  behind  her  growth?  the  world  is 
asking. 

"Who's  Who  in  Nevada"  is  the  answer  to  the  question. 
An  effort  has  been  made  to  have  the  book  authentic  in 
every  particular,  and  to  include  in  it  only  the  men  of 
real  achievement;  the  men  who  have  been  tried  and  who 
have  not  been  found  wanting. 


NEVADA 


• 


NEVADA 


UT  of  the  darkness,  bred  of  a  great 
struggle,  came  a  tiny,  glittering  star — 
the  thirty-sixth  of  the  American  constel- 
lation; a  silver  born  star  bringing  new 
life,  new  hope  and  a  vast  new  treasure 
store  to  refill  a  nation's  depleted  coffers. 

"NEVADA"  they  called  it. 

Tiny  it  was  for  a  little  while,  and  glittering,  then  shin- 
ing forth  with  a  steady,  clear  light. 

Came  a  cloud,  a  dark  lowering  cloud,  without  a  trace 
of  silver  lining.  Obscured  the  star  until  it  barely  shone 
and  sister  stars  cast  pitying  glances  and  whispered  of  a 
day  when  it  would  shine  no  more. 

Burst  the  cloud  and  lo !  there  was  a  golden  lining — yel- 
low, yellow  gold  as  if  Midas  had  placed  on  it  his  magic 
touch. 

"NEVADA"  again  shouted  the  sister  stars,  and  all 
bowed  down  to  do  her  homage. 

Such  was  the  yesterday,  the  day  before  and  the  today 
of  Nevada.  Born  of  silver  she  was  and  sickened  of  silver 
almost  unto  death  only  to  be  born  again  of  gold. 

"Gentlemen,  when  you  wish  to  resume  specie  payment, 
the  way  to  do  it  is  to  resume."  It  was  Nevada  that  made 
that  famous  sentence  of  President  Grant's  possible.  It  was 
Nevada  that  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  union  the  money 
which  put  the  country  on  a  substantial  financial  footing 
when  war  had  ravaged  and  desolated  her. 

An  elevated  plateau  or  sink  lying  between  the  Sierra 
Nevadas  and  the  Rocky  mountains — a  vast  area  of  unin- 
habited, barren  land  stretching  300  miles  north  and  south 
and  250  miles  east  and  west,  was  all  that  was  known  of 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


it  sixty  years  ago.  Like  the  valley  of  the  shadow  of 
death,  it  was  to  the  '49ers  who  hurried  through  on  their 
way  to  California — one  of  the  horrors  that  must  be  en- 
dured in  order  to  reach  the  promised  land. 

Men  paused  within  her  domain  only  long  enough  to  get 
water ;  and  many  perished  by  the  way.  None  dreamed  of 
the  wealth  of  her  hidden  treasure  caves  and  none  waited 
long  enough  to  ask  of  Mother  Nature  the  reason  for  all 
those  hills  and  valleys. 

As  long  ago  as  1775  Father  Francisco  Garcis,  a  Fran- 
ciscan monk  who  was  one  of  the  little  band  in  search  of 
California,  wandered  away  from  his  brothers  and  trav- 
eled in  what  is  now  Nevada.  As  far  as  is  known  he  was 
the  first  white  man  to  ever  set  foot  on  Nevada  soil. 

Next  to  come  to  Nevada  were  men  of  a  very  different 
faith.  A  small  company  of  them  was  sent  out  by  the 
Mormon  church  and  they  settled  in  the  Carson  valley 
and  named  the  town  Genoa. 

Genoa,  the  Mormon  settlement,  was  the  beginning  of 
Nevada.  Quietly  and  with  little  thought  of  worldly 
things,  they  lived  there  until  the  discovery  of  mineral 
wealth  brought  a  horde  of  gentile  fortune  seekers  into  the 
country  and  the  mother  church  called  her  children  home. 

The  world  never  suspected  then  that  within  half  a 
dozen  years  the  union  would  be  acknowledging  another 
state  out  on  the  western  frontier. 

In  the  mountains  east  of  Carson  Valley,  where  now  Vir- 
ginia City  stands,  silver  was  discovered  in  1859.  That 
was  the  beginning  of  her  first  glorious  mining  era — an 
era  that  will  never  be  forgotten  as  long  as  men  mine. 

The  story  of  the  Comstock  would  fill  volumes.  The 
foundations  of  Nevada  were  laid  upon  that  lode.  Silver 
was  the  cry  then  and  word  of  its  discovery  traveled  upon 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


tfie  winds.  Telegraph  lines  and  trains  were  unknown  to 
the  west,  but  they  were  unnecessary.  The  prospector 
passed  the  word  to  a  fellow  prospector  on  his  way  to  Cali- 
fornia, and  California  mining  fields  were  deserted  for  the 
new  El  Dorado.  The  man  going  across  the  plains  into 
the  East  carried  the  word  in  that  direction.  Roads  were 
built  across  the  mountains.  Men  flocked  from  every  quar- 
ter and  began  piercing  into  the  mountains,  ripping  them, 
opening  and  wresting  from  them,  their  treasure  store.  A 
town  was  built  and  they  called  it  Virginia  City.  Another 
one  was  built  and  it  was  Gold  Hill.  Business  houses  were 
opened,  saloons  and  gambling  halls  lined  the  main  streets, 
newspapers  were  published ;  soon  a  train  came  winding 
its  way  up  the  valley  and  into  the  heart  of  the  mining 
camp.  Civilization  had  arrived.  It  was  a  civilization  such 
as  had  never  been  seen  before  and  will  never  be  seen  again. 
Day  and  night  men  worked  and  schemed  and  fought  and 
died  and  still  the  mines  poured  out  wealth.  Millionaires 
and  bank  presidents,  statesmen  and  railroad  kings  were 
made.  Speculation  ran  riot  and  the  frenzied  gambling 
spirit  seized  all.  Four  stock  exchanges  were  operated  in 
Virginia  City  and  hundreds  of  thousands  of  dollars 
changed  hands  in  a  day.  The  wildcat  was  more  numerous 
and  more  menacing  than  it  has  ever  been  since.  Every 
booster  saw  a  hundred  Comstocks  where  there  was  but 
one.  The  stock  market  rose  and  tumbled  and  rose  and  fell 
again.  Hard  times  came  and  discontent  and  distrust 
seized  the  people.  The  Comstock  days  were  over,  said 
the  wise,  but  the  Comstock  days  had  only  begun. 

After  the  depression  came  greater  activity  than  ever, 
and  again  and  again  when  the  world  thought  the  Com- 
stock had  outlived  its  usefulness  the  good  old  mining  dis- 
trict proved  the  half  its  story  had  not  been  written.  Even 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


today  when  the  brick  buildings  which  were  once  the  scene 
of  busy,  bustling  life,  are  crumbling  ruins,  when  the  shakes 
are  falling  off  the  roofs,  the  mines  are  being  worked  and 
with  the  promise  of  new  wealth.  Whether  or  not  the 
Comstock  has  a  future  as  well  as  a  great  past  remains  to 
be  proved.  It  may  be  that  the  Comstock  will  again  have 
a  wondrous  tale  to  tell.  The  world's  greatest  geologists 
and  engineers  have  been  giving  the  Comstock  their  at- 
tention and  with  the  improved  methods  for  draining  the 
mines  and  for  deep  mining  at  reduced  expense,  it  may  be 
that  more  millionaires  will  be  made  in  Virginia  City. 

If  the  Comstock  never  again  becomes  a  producer  the 
world  is  richer  $680,000,000  from  her  output.  She  built 
the  foundations  of  old  San  Francisco.  She  connected  the 
old  world  and  the  new  with  cables.  She  spanned  the  con- 
tinents with  railroads — in  short,  she  made  the  whole 
world  richer  while  she  grew  poorer.  When  the  Comstock 
days  were  over  and  the  books  were  balanced  there  was 
little  money  to  the  credit  of  Nevada.  The  gold  which 
came  out  of  her  mineral  treasuries  went  to  other  places 
and  with  it  went  the  men  she  had  made  millionaires.  Her 
population,  which  reached  the  high  water  mark  of  160,000 
between  1863  and  1865  dwindled  to  40,000  in  the  early 
nineties.  The  state  became  little  more  than  a  cattle  camp 
as  compared  with  its  former  glory. 

It  was  while  the  mining  excitement  was  at  its  height 
that  Nevada,  the  state,  came  into  being.  In  the  winter  of 
1860  and  1861  Nevada  was  organized  as  a  territory  by  an 
act  of  Congress  and  James  W.  Nye  of  New  York  was 
appointed  Governor.  The  first  territorial  legislature  met 
at  Carson,  November,  1861,  and  in  July,  1864,  seventeen 
delegates  met  to  frame  a  state  constitution.  Laughed  at 
because  they  were  trying  to  do  the  impossible,  they  went 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


to  work  and  day  and  night  they  kept  at  it.  They  met  in 
an  empty  court  room,  took  a  collection  to  buy  candles  and 
there  they  kindled  a  flame  that  will  never  die.  That  little 
band  of  big  men  espousing  an  unpopular  cause  stirred  the 
heart  of  an  untamed  country  until  theirs  became  the  only 
cause  and  every  man  was  for  statehood  and  the  Union.  In 
September  of  that  year  the  constitution  was  adopted  at  a 
time  of  general  financial  depression,  the  thirty-sixth  star 
in  the  American  constellation  began  to  shine.  The  ad- 
mission of  Nevada  with  its  population  two  to  one  for  Lin- 
coln, gave  the  president  the  kind  of  backing  that  was 
needed  at  that  time  and  the  two  additional  senators  gave 
the  Union  a  safe  majority. 

Nevada  coin  was  poured  into  the  treasury  and  the 
greenback  was  restored  to  its  former  value.  In  a  wilder- 
ness was  built  an  empire. 

The  Carson  City  of  today  has  not  forgotten  that  other 
day,  nearly  half  a  century  ago.  Many  of  the  most  illus- 
trious of  the  history  makers  have  gone  to  the  silent  city 
and  others  are  living  quietly  in  the  past.  They  do  not 
know  much  of  this  new  Nevada  nor  do  they  care  much. 

The  Carson  City  of  today  is  as  somnolent  as  Rip  Van 
Winkle's  Sleepy  Hollow.  Once  every  two  years  it  awakes 
and  then  there  is  life  for  a  brief  season. 

A  wit  who  passed  through  the  capital  in  the  middle  of 
a  midsummer  day  stopped  long  enough  to  look  up  at  the 
beautiful  trees  which  line  the  main  street,  listened  to  the 
birds  sing  and  passed  on  again.  He  dubbed  it  the  town 
of  time  and  titles — the  city  of  the  unburied  dead.  It  is 
possible  the  4,000  inhabitants  of  Carson  might  resent  the 
wit's  remark,  or  perhaps  they  would  only  smile  indulg- 
ently and  think  of  the  past. 

A  beautiful  spot  is  this  capital  with  its  fine  buildings 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


looming  above  stately  trees.  Here  is  the  United  States 
mint  built  during  the  Comstock  days,  but  now  used  only 
as  an  assay  office.  Here  also  is  the  finest  law  library  west 
of  the  Rockies.  The  educational  affairs  of  the  state  are 
administered  from  here  and  Nevada  has  not  been  neglect- 
ful of  the  cause  of  education.  The  school  fund  is  the 
largest  per  capita  of  any  state  in  the  union.  As  a  resi- 
dence town,  Carson  City  has  not  a  superior  in  the  state. 
It  was  named  after  the  famous  scout  and  frontiersman, 
Kit  Carson. 

With  the  demonitization  of  silver  bringing  the  great 
cloud  upon  Nevada,  Carson  and  the  other  cities  and  towns 
of  the  North  suffered  much,  but  the  prosperity  which  has 
come  in  the  last  four,  five  or  six  years  has  put  new  life 
and  new  impetus  into  even  the  most  remote  sections. 

All  of  the  old  camps — for  the  Comstock  can  not  claim 
all  of  Nevada's  past  glory — have  benefitted  by  this  new 
change  in  the  state's  affairs. 

Austin,  the  bonanza  camp  of  1860  which  added  $62,- 
000,000  to  Nevada's  mineral  output,  has  taken  new  life 
since  the  discovery  of  the  southern  camps.  Pioche,  the 
discovery  of  1865,  with  $80,000,000  to  her  credit;  Eureka, 
discovered  one  year  later  and  giving  to  the  world 
$44,000,000 ;  Jefferson  Canyon,  Tuscarora,  Mountain  City, 
Candelaria  and  Ely,  all  of  which  produced  from  $20,000,- 
ooo  to  $40,000,000 — these  practically  abandoned  with  the 
demonitization  of  silver,  are  now  being  worked  actively. 

The  cloud  has  passed.  The  golden  lining  is  spread  that 
all  may  see. 

THE  NEW  NEVADA  IS  HERE. 
It  is  a  brighter,  better  Nevada  than  any  the  world  has 
yet  seen.     The  Comstock  was  first,  and  it  will  never  be 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


forgotten,  but  no  more  will  Tonopah  and  Goldfield  and 
Bullfrog  and  the  others  of  the  Nevada  gold  camps. 

It  is  to  these  camps  that  Nevada  looks  for  her  future. 
Twenty  years  ago,  even  ten  years  ago,  Nevada  had  the 
pity  of  her  sister  states.  Today  she  can  have  nothing  but 
admiration  and  the  homage  which  is  her  due. 

The  silver  state  has  become  the  gold  state  and  a  goodly 
abundance  of  copper  has  been  added  to  make  her  measure 
of  wealth  pressed  down  and  brimming  over. 

When  Jim  Butler  discovered  Tonopah  he  created  a  new 
state  and  the  men  who  came  after  him  and  made  from  his 
small  beginning  a  gigantic  continuation,  deserve  no  less 
credit. 

In  a  graveyard  of  dead  volcanos  a  mining  world  is 
being  built.  The  wilderness  of  lava  which  has  been 
shunned  by  all  men  for  so  many  years  is  a  magnet  which 
is  drawing  humanity  from  east  and  west,  from  north  and 
south.  Ground  which  has  been  passed  over  as  barren  of 
valuable  ore  by  some  of  the  noted  minerologists  has  been 
proved  to  contain  fabulous  riches.  Indications  and  stand- 
ards which  have  served  the  rest  of  the  mineral  world  well 
enough  are  of  no  use  in  this  new  mineral  belt. 

Less  than  seven  years  ago  the  name  of  Tonopah  was 
put  upon  the  map.  Three  years  later  came  Goldfield,  dis- 
covered by  prospectors  from  Tonopah,  and  next  in  suc- 
cession came  Bullfrog,  Manhattan  and  Round  Mountain 
with  a  dozen  others  of  more  or  less  prominence. 

First  a  stray  tent  or  two,  then  the  first  load  of  lumber 
hauled  into  camp  across  the  desert  and  a  frame  dwelling 
as  the  result  and  in  little  more  time  than  it  would  take 
a  fairy  to  wave  a  wand,  a  camp,  a  town,  and  then  a  city 
has  been  built.  The  miner's  candle  is  exchanged  for  elec- 
tric light,  the  sheet  iron  cook  stove  for  an  electric  range, 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


the  tent  for  an  elaborate  home  or  office,  the  burro  for  an 
automobile,  and  the  freighting  wagon  for  a  locomotive. 
To  the  man  who  has  not  seen  the  marvels  of  the  trans- 
formation of  the  Nevada  desert  moist  seem  as  a  fairy 
tale. 

The  last  edition  of  the  days  of  '49  is  being  written  and 
soon  the  death  knell  of  the  frontier  must  be  sounded.  The 
picturesque  is  making  way  for  the  practical.  The  piercing 
blast  of  the  locomotive  is  penetrating  to  parts  that  have 
heretofore  known  no  sound  other  than  the  cry  of  the  coyote 
or  the  bray  of  the  desert  canary  toiling  over  the  sand  with 
the  prospector's  pack  upon  his  back. 

Men  are  fighting  the  fight  with  the  elements  and  it  is  a 
glorious  fight.  Southern  Nevada  must  now  win  on  its 
merits. 

Goldfield  and  Tonopah  have  passed  through  their  wild- 
cat speculative  stage  when  fortunes  were  made  and  lost 
on  paper,  when  more  mining  was  done  in  other  people's 
pockets  than  in  the  ground.  The  stock  market  will  go  up 
and  down  and  good  times  and  hard  times  may  vie  with 
each  other  for  first  place,  but  the  mills  of  the  miner  will 
grind  on  slowly  but  surely.  Whether  the  stock  market  is 
up  or  down,  the  mines  will  be  turning  out  their  wealth  to 
enrich  the  world.  The  prospector  is  still  plodding  over 
the  hills  with  his  pick  and  his  pan.  He  knows  little  of 
the  condition  of  the  market  and  cares  less.  He  is  looking 
for  gold — virgin  gold.  He  is  unheard  of  until  he  finds 
the  pay  streak  and  then  the  path  that  only  he  and  his  burro 
have  trod  is  followed  by  a  horde  of  gold-mad  men. 

The  prospect  of  yesterday  is  the  mine  of  today.  Before 
the  world  ever  heard  of  Southern  Nevada,  the  sage  brush 
state  had  given  in  precious  metals  one  billion  four  hundred 
and  forty-two  million  dollars.  At  the  present  rate  of  pro- 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


duction  Goldfield  and  Tonopah  are  adding  each  year  thirty 
million  dollars  to  this  aggregate. 

And  the  end  is  far  distant.  For  years  upon  years  must 
the  State  continue  her  golden  outpouring,  giving  freely  of 
her  wealth  to  the  world's  depleted  treasuries,  making  name 
and  fame  for  this  empire  of  the  West,  and  taking  as  her 
right  the  praise  and  homage  bestowed  upon  Croesus'  store- 
house. Nevada. 


\v.  • 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


HON.  FRANCIS  G.  NEWLANDS 

HE  future  historian  who  does  justice  to 
the  real  benefactors  of  the  West — to 
those  who  have  done  most  in  thought 
and  action,  must  place  Senator  Francis 
G.  Newlands  in  the  first  rank. 

Why  ?  Not  for  one  reason  or  two  rea- 
sons or  three  reasons,  but  for  any  number  of  reasons. 
First,  because  the  senior  senator  from  Nevada  is  the 
author  of  the  National  Reclamation  Act  which  is  making 
the  desert  blossom  as  the  rose;  the  act  which  committed 
the  government  to  the  policy  of  paternalism  and  made 
federal  moneys  available  for  private  enterprise. 

It  was  the  Nevada  Senator,  who,  when  private  capital 
found  it  impossible  to  handle  the  problems  of  irrigation, 
conceived  the  idea  of  having  the  government  undertake 
the  work  of  reclaiming  the  arid  lands  of  the  West.  It  was 
the  Nevada  Senator  who  conceived  the  idea  of  building 
reservoirs  to  conserve  the  flood  waters  for  irrigation  in 
dry  seasons. 

It  was  in  compliment  to  the  Nevada  Senator  that  the 
first  four  million  dollars  of  government  money  expended 
under  this  act  went  to  Nevada. 

The  act  was  one  of  the  most  important  ever  passed  by 
Congress.  It  will  mean  to  Nevada,  permanent  prosperity ; 
to  the  West,  continued  progress ;  to  the  entire  country, 
freedom  from  the  congested  life  of  the  cities. 

The  master  mind  of  a  thinking  man  was  necessary  to 
conceive  this  gigantic  plan  and  other  master  minds  were 
quick  to  grasp  the  magnitude  of  it  and  to  assist  in  making 
it  one  of  the  most  important  issues  of  the  day. 

Not  a  Republican  and  yet  not  essentially  a  Democrat,  is 
Senator  Newlands.  He  is  an  American.  Men  and  meas- 


HON.  FRANCIS  G.  NEWLANDS 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


ures  claim  his  attention  and  party  prejudice  is  not  allowed 
to  enter  where  the  best  welfare  of  the  greatest  number 
is  at  stake. 

He  is  a  true-hearted,  big-  man,  a  wise  friend  of  the  peo- 
ple, a  fine  speaker  and  a  tactful  statesman.  A  self-made 
man  is  Francis  G.  Newlands.  He  was  born  in  Natchez, 
Mississippi,  and  when  little  more  than  a  boy  developed  a 
taste  for  affairs  of  state.  He  secured  an  appointment  as 
clerk  in  Washington  and  worked  his  way  through  Co- 
lumbia Law  School,  Washington,  D.  C.  He  also  attended 
Yale  for  a  time,  but  was  called  from  school  before  he  was 
able  to  receive  his  degree.  He  was  admitted  to  the  bar 
in  1870  and  began  practice  of  his  profession  in  San  Fran- 
cisco. Possessed  with  an  analytical  mind,  a  fearless  na- 
ture and  the  gift  of  oratory,  it  was  not  long  until  he  at- 
tained a  high  place  in  legal  circles.  In  1889  he  moved 
to  Nevada  and  soon  afterward  became  prominent  in  the 
politics  of  the  state.  Three  years  later  he  was  made  candi- 
date of  the  Silver  party  for  Congress  and  served  four 
terms.  While  in  the  lower  house  he  was  active  as  a  com- 
mitteeman  and  he  occupied  a  prominent  place  on  the  cur- 
rency committee,  the  committee  on  ways  and  means  and 
the  committee  on  foreign  affairs.  It  was  in  1902  that  he 
was  elected  to  the  Senate  and  four  years  later  was  again 
returned  to  Washington  for  further  service  to  his  state 
and  his  country. 

He  has  a  beautiful  home  in  Reno  overlooking  the 
Truckee  river  and  a  charming  wife  who  is  a  leader  in 
social  life  in  Nevada  and  a  welcome  addition  to  any 
Washington  circle.  She  was  formerly  Miss  Edith  McCal- 
lister,  daughter  of  Hall  McCallister  of  San  Francisco.  His 
first  wife,  who  died  in  1880,  was  Miss  Clara  Adelaide 
Sharon,  a  daughter  of  former  United  State  Senator 
William  Sharon. 


Who's    Who     in    Nevada. 


HON.  GEORGE  S.  NIXON 

HE  practice,  which  has  become  a  habit, 
of  indicating  public  men  as  examples 
worthy  of 'emulation  by  all  youths  has 
been  a  source  of  annoyance  to  many  a 
lad,  and  who  has  not  been  wearied  by 
"keep-on,  maybe-you'11-be-president" 
admonitions?  "Who's  Who"  has  no  desire  to  give  such 
advice  to  the  young  men  of  Nevada,  and  consequently 
will  merely  outline  the  steps  by  which  George  Nixon  rose 
from  the  position  of  an  under-paid  telegrapher  to  that  of 
United  States  Senator  from  Nevada,  without  attempting 
to  point  a  moral. 

George  S.  Nixon  was  born  in  Newcastle,  Placer  County, 
California,  April  2,  1862.  His  parents  had  crossed  the 
plains  to  the  Pacific  Coast  eleven  years  before.  In  New- 
castle the  youthful  Nixori  learned  telegraphy,  inspired 
probably  by  that  unaccountable  desire  that  possesses 
nearly  every  boy  when  he  first  hears  the  mysteries  of  the 
Morse  Code.  He  went  to  Humboldt,  Nevada,  as  an 
employe  of  the  Southern  Pacific.  He  was  the  agent.  His 
duties  consisted  in  part  of  sweeping  out,  keeping  up  the 
fires,  answering  questions,  sending  messages,  looking 
after  freight,  keeping  cattle  off  the  track,  and  incidentally 
selling  tickets  to  those  who  had  the  price  and  desire  to 
travel  beyond  the  confines  of  Humboldt. 

In  1883  he  went  to  Belleville,  on  the  Carson  and  Colo- 
rado Railroad,  where  he  acted  as  agent.  His  duties  were 
similar  to  those  he  had  performed  at  Humboldt,  with  the 
addition,  perhaps,  of  a  few  other  tasks.  After  a  year 
passed  in  Belleville,  the  embryonic  Senator  accepted— 
we  say  "accepted,"  while  as  a  matter  of  fact,  owing  to  the 


HON.  GEORGE  S.  NIXON 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


few  opportunities  for  material  advancement  at  Belleville, 
he  probably  "seized  it  eagerly" — a  position  in  the  First 
National  Bank  at  Reno,  the  institution  that  is  now  the 
Washoe  County  Bank.  Three  years  later  Mr.  Nixon 
went  to  Winnemucca,  where  he  organized  the  First  Na- 
tional Bank  of  Winnemucca.  He  served  as  cashier  of  the 
bank  for  fifteen  years,  then  became  its  president. 

Senator  Nixon's  first  experience  in  law-making  bodies 
came  in  1891,  when  he  was  elected  to  the  Legislature,  and 
his  rise  in  the  councils  of  the  Republican  party  was  even 
more  rapid  than  in  the  business  world.  This  reached  the 
pinnacle  when  he  was  chosen  to  represent  Nevada  in  the 
United  States  Senate. 

When  a  boy  his  dream  was  that  some  day  he  might 
become  the  owner  of  a  bank.  Since  that  time  he  has  made 
a  whole  chain  of  banks,  become  United  States  Senator, 
entered  the  lists  of  the  mining  men  of  Nevada  in  the 
foremost  rank  and  made  for  himself  a  name  which  is 
known  at  home  and  abroad.  His  connection  with  the 
great  Goldfield  Consolidated,  as  its  president,  is  well 
known,  for  the  history  of  most  of  the  greatest  mines  of 
Goldfield,  has  been  written  in  many  languages  and  read 
in  many  climes. 

There  is  not  a  camp  in  Nevada  in  which  the  Senator  has 
no  interests.  He  built  the  Nixon  Block  in  Goldfield  at  a 
time  when  few  men  would  have  had  the  courage  to  put 
a  large  sum  of  money  into  such  an  enterprise.  His  faith 
in  the  camp  has  been  repaid  many  fold.  Senator  Nixon 
is  a  genial  man  with  the  faculty  of  seeing  the  humorous 
side  of  things,  and  is  the  life  of  any  company  he  honors  ; 
energetic,  ambitious  and  optimistic,  he  succeeds  in  impart- 
ing optimism  to  others — the  kind  of  optimism  that  is  mak- 
ing Southern  Nevada. 


Who's     Who     in    Nevada. 


HON.  GEORGE  A.  BARTLETT 


HE  Congressman  from  Nevada  is  a  Ne- 
vadan  every  inch.  When  Nevada  cast 
off  her  territorial  raiment  and  assumed 
the  dignity  of .  statehood  it  was  decreed 
that  one  man  should  represent  her  in 
the  Halls  of  Congress.  To  find  the 
man  better  fitted  to  uphold  her  honor  than  George  A. 
Bartlett  would  be  difficult. 

Without  his  knowledge  or  consent,  George  Bartlett  was 
born  in  San  Francisco.  But  a  few  weeks  afterward,  he 
was  taken  to  Eureka,  Nevada,  in  those  days  a  hustlinp; 
mining  camp.  Here  his  parents  had  lived  for  several  years 
before  his  birth.  When  he  was  old  enough  to  reason — 
those  who  ought  to  know,  say  that  at  a  remarkably  young 
age — he  made  up  his  mind  that  Nevada  is  the  best  place 
in  the  world  and  that  opinion  has  not  changed  with  ad- 
vance in  years.  To  live  in  Nevada ;  to  wander  forth  a 
little ;  to  gain  the  viewpoint  of  the  world,  and  to  return  to 
Nevada  to  die  is  all  he  asks. 

The  George  Bartlett  of  today,  whom  all  his  friends 
know  as  just  George,  is  a  man  of  power — a  genius  with 
a  little  more  sanity  than  has  the  average  genius.  His 
name  is  known  from  one  end  of  the  state  to  the  other, 
and  in  Washington  his  colleagues  are  not  allowed  to  for- 
get Nevada. 

As  an  orator  he  is  without  a  peer  in  the  state.  His 
small  body  seems  charged  with  dynamic  energy,  and 
with  the  velocity  of  whirlwind,  he  sweeps  obstacles  from 
his  path.  A  pair  of  blue  eyes,  merry  and  keen,  peer  out 
from  the  base  of  an  expansive  forehead.  Nature  has  neg- 
lected to  provide  an  overabundance  of  hair  for  the  top  of 


GEORGE  A.  BARTLETT 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


the  Congressman's  head,  and  he,  determined  to  have  so 
much  hair  in  spite  of  everything,  allows  it  to  cover  his 
neck  in  the  back. 

In  the  matter  of  dress  he  scorns  all  fashions  but  his 
own  self-adopted  and  never-changing  ones.  He  says  he 
dresses  for  comfort,  and  his  broad-brimmed  sombrero, 
soft  collar,  and  long  black  string  tie,  he  carries  with  him 
even  to  the  Capital. 

In  his  profession,  as  the  senior  member  of  the  law 
firm  of  Bartlett  &  Thatcher,  with  offices  in  the  Butler 
Building  in  Tonopah,  he  occupies  a  prominent  place  in 
the  first  rank. 

Mr.  Bartlett's  early  recollections  are  all  centered  around 
Eureka,  Nevada,  where  he  spent  his  boyhood  days.  He 
went  to  Georgetown  College,  and  after  leaving  his  alma 
mater,  returned  to  his  childhood  home,  and  began  prac- 
ticing his  profession.  From  the  beginning  he  was  suc- 
cessful, and  rapidly  he  conquered  the  small  world,  which 
that  mining  camp  represents.  Politics  interested  him 
early  in  life,  and  his  first  public  office  was  that  of  district 
attorney. 

In  Tonopah  he  became  legal  representative  for 
Jim  Butler  in  1901,  and  since  that  time  has  become  at- 
torney for  the  Shoshone  Consolidated,  the  Pittsburg  Sil- 
ver Peak  Mining  Company,  the  interests  of  Malcolm 
Macdonald  and  several  other  capitalists,  and  'is  vice- 
president  of  the  First  National  Bank  of  Tonopah. 
Mr.  Bartlett  was  one  of  the  first  to  secure  a  lease  on 
the  famous  Jumbo  in  Goldfield,  and  since  then  has  ac- 
quired interests  in  Goldfield,  Bullfrog,  Manhattan,  and 
other  camps  in  Southern  Nevada.  He  has  recently  com- 
pleted a  home  in  Tonopah  which  is  the  largest  and  most 
beautiful  residence  in  the  southern  part  of  the  State. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


GOVERNOR   JOHN   SPARKS 


IS  EXCELLENCY,  the  Governor,  the 
Honorable  John  Sparks,  is  a  South- 
erner; that  is,  all  of  him  that  is  not  a 
Nevadan.  Governor  Sparks,  who  pre- 
sides over  the  destinies  of  this  great 
state,  as  campaign  orators  are  wont  to 
say,  was  born  in  Mississippi,  August  30,  1843.  Fourteen 
years  later,  in  1857,  h*5  family  went  to  Texas  and  with 
them  went  the  future  governor.  The  Governor's  parents 
were  well  known  in  the  big  state  of  Texas.  His  father 
was  a  pioneer  stock  raiser  and  members  of  his  family 
took  part  in  the  skirmishes  against  hostile  Indians.  This 
gave  young  John  Sparks  an  advantageous  equipment  of 
experience,  which  he  was  destined  to  need  in  his  later  life. 
At  the  age  of  fourteen  years  he  began  working  for  him- 
self. In  1868  he  came  to  Nevada  and  became  interested 
in  the  cattle  business.  He  bought  several  ranches  and  at 
one  time  owned  thousands  of  head  of  cattle.  He  has  also 
extensive  interests  in  mining  in  various  parts  of  the  state. 
Governor  Sparks  is  a  Democrat,  and  has  been  active  in 
the  party  ever  since  his  boyhood.  He  was  elected  Governor 
of  Nevada  first  in  1902  by  a  large  majority  and  was  re- 
elected  at  the  last  state  election.  The  Governor  is  and 
has  been  for  years  a  prominent  factor  in  the  development. 
of  agriculture  and  stock  raising. 

Governor  Sparks  is  a  quiet,  kindly  man,  with  a  heart 
overflowing  with  good  cheer  toward  his  fellow  men.  He 
has  the  southern,  or  perhaps  better  still,  the  western,  idea 
of  hospitality  and  this,  with  his  many  other  splendid  char- 
acteristics, has  endeared  him  to  the  people  of  the  state. 
One  of  his  possessions  of  which  he  is  the  most  proud  is  a 


GOVERNOR  JOHN  SPARKS 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


big  ranch  along  the  railroad  between  Carson  and  Reno, 

''The  Alamo"  the  ranch  is  called,  and  there  is  probably 
no  more  beautiful  place  in  the  State.  It  is  situated  on 
the  old  Virginia  City  Turnpike,  and  takes  its  names  from 
a  fine  grove  of  cottonwood  trees  standing  near  the  home. 
As  a  country  place  there  is  nothing  in  the  State  to  com- 
pare with  it.  The  Governor  has  developed  on  land  that 
was  practically  barren,  everything  that  tends  toward  the 
beautiful.  He  has  a  herd  of  elk  and  buffalo,  and  he  has 
done  more  than  any  other  man  in  the  West  to  keep  this 
latter  animal  from  becoming  extinct.  The  Governor  be- 
lieves that  today  Nevada  is  the  best  live-stock  state  in  the 
Union,  and  says  that  the  industry  is  one  which  will  con- 
tinue to  grow. 

As  a  breeder  of  fancy  stock,  he  is  known  all  over  the 
West,  and  even  farther  afield.  He  sent  the  first  Here- 
fords  ever  shipped  to  Honolulu  into  the  islands,  and  his 
stock  has  even  gone  abroad,  while  there  is  hardly  a  cor- 
ner in  America  where  stock-raising  exists,  that  the  Alamo 
cows  have  not  been  sent. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


LIEUT.  GOV.  D.  S.  DICKERSON 


EVADA's  Lieutenant  Governor,  D.  S. 
Dickerson,  is  not  a  mere  politician,  as 
are  many  office-holders,  but  a  man  who 
has  accomplishments  to  his  credit  in 
other  lines.  He  is  a  prominent  miner 

, .  and  knows  more  than  a  little  of  the 

state's  great  mineral  wealth.  Mr.  Dickerson  was  not  born 
in  Nevada,  but  he  did  the  best  he  could  and  allowed  Cali- 
fornia to  claim  the  honor  of  being  his  native  state.  He 
was  born  in  Shasta  County,  January  25,  1872,  the  son  of 
one  of  California's  pioneer  mining  men. 

The  Lieutenant  Governor  has  mined  in  California, 
Idaho  and  Montana,  as  well  as  in  Nevada.  Incidentally, 
being  a  good  Democrat  and  believing  in  advancing  the  in- 
terests of  his  party,  he  has  been  prominently  identified 
with  politics.  Until  coming  to  Nevada  he  had  not  held 
office,  being  content  to  remain  a  humble  worker  in  the 
ranks.  Mr.  Dickerson  came  to  Nevada  in  1899  and  en- 
gaged in  mining  in  White  Pine  County.  He  was  elected 
County  Clerk  in  1902 ;  at  the  next  election  he  was  chosen 
County  Recorder,  and  at  the  last  state  election  he  became 
Lieutenant  Governor. 

Lieutenant  Governor  Dickerson  is  a  newspaper  man  of 
considerable  experience.  For  two  years  he  owned  and 
edited  the  White  Pine  News  at  Ely.  He  sold  that  publi- 
cation and  now  owns  the  Ely  Mining  Expositor,  which 
he  founded.  He  has  mining  property  in  other  parts  of 
the  state,  but  is  especially  interested  in  Ely. 

The  Lieutenant  Governor  is  a  young  man,  quiet  and  re- 
served. He  does  not  have  a  great  deal  to  say,  as  a  rule, 
but  when  he  speaks  he  says  something. 


LIEUT.  GOV.  D.  S.  DICKERSON 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


EX-GOVERNOR  R.  K.  COLCORD 


HERE  lives  a  man  in  Nevada  who  was 
elected  Governor  on  the  Republican 
ticket.  This  may  seem  astonishing  in 
these  days,  but  it  is  true  nevertheless. 
R.  K.  Colcord,  assayer  in  charge  of  the 
United  States  Mint  at  Carson  City,  has 
the  honor.  In  the  days  before  the  fusion  of  the  silver 
men  and  the  Democrats  the  Republicans  were  in  control, 
and  it  was  during  that  time  that  Colcord  was  elected. 
Former  Governor  Colcord  has  been  a  prominent  figure 
in  this  western  country.  He  was  born  in  Maine,  April  25, 
1837.  He  studied  engineering  in  his  youth  and  went  to 
California  in  1856  to  engage  in  placer  mining  and  mill 
and  bridge  building.  He  came  to  Nevada  in  1863  and  lo- 
cated on  the  Comstock  in  Virginia  during  the  heighth  of 
the  gold  excitement.  He  remained  there  for  eight  years 
building  some  of  the  big  mills.  He  was  manager  of  the 
mines  and  mills  at  Bodie,  just  across  the  line  in  Califor- 
nia, for  seven  years  and  held  a  similar  position  for  five 
years  in  Aurora,  the  sister  town  on  the  Nevada  side  of 
the  state  line. 

Governor  Colcord  has  been  a  leader  in  the  Republican 
party  in  the  state  for  years.  He  was  elected  Governor  in 
1891  and  served  until  1895,  when  he  went  back  to  his 
mining  work.  He  was  appointed  superintendent  of  the 
mint  in  1898  by  President  McKinley.  The  mint  is  now 
conducted  as  a  government  assay  office. 

"I  am  a  miner,"  says  the  former  Governor,  "and  I  tell 
you  it  is  the  most  satisfactory  and  cheerful  calling  in  the 
world.  I  will  not  stop  as  long  as  I  have  a  cent.  Legiti- 
mate? Why,  it  is  just  as  legitimate  as  raising  wheat." 


EX-GOVERNOR  R.  K.  COLCORD 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


EX-GOVERNOR   JEWETT   ADAMS 


MAN  who  has  had  a  prominent  part  in 
the  building  of  the  West  is  former 
Governor  of  Nevada,  Jewett  W.  Adams. 
He  has  seen  enacted  many  of  the  his- 
tory-making incidents  of  the  last  half 
century.  When  he  was  sixteen  years  of 
age  he  finished  his  course  in  the  district  school  of  Ver- 
mont, in  which  state  he  was  born,  and  started  for  Califor- 
nia by  way  of  Panama.  In  1856  and  1857  he  acted  as 
clerk  for  General  John  C.  Fremont  in  Mariposa  County, 
Cal.  After  coming  to  Nevada  Mr.  Adams  became  active 
in  politics.  He  was  elected  Governor  on  the  Democratic 
ticket  in  1872,  and  served  four  years.  He  held  office  dur- 
ing stirring  times,  among  the  events  of  his  term  being  the 
gold  excitement  at  Gold  Hill. 

Retiring  to  private  life,  Governor  Adams  engaged  act- 
ively in  business.  For  years  he  has  been  a  prominent 
stockman  and  has  at  all  times  been  ready  with  advice  and 
deeds  for  the  upbuilding  of  the  state.  He  makes  his 
home  at  Carson  City,  where  he  is  recouping  his  fortune 
by  conducting  a  gypsum  quarry  and  mill  at  Mound  House, 
a  few  miles  from  Carson.  The  product  of  his  mill  and 
quarry  is  much  in  demand  and  large  quantities  are  being 
shipped  to  San  Francisco  to  be  used  in  rebuilding  that 
city. 

Former  Governor  Adams'  looks  belie  his  seventy-two 
years.  His  white  hair,  courtly  manner  and  slight,  straight 
figure  are  well  known  to  all  residents  of  the  sagebrush 
state. 


EX-GOVERNOR  JEWETT  ADAMS 


TONOPAH 


u 


TONOPAH 


N    illimitable    sand    waste,    broken    by 
cruel,  jagged  hills  jutting  from  a  bar- 
ren plain,  known  to  government  geog- 
raphers as  the  Great  Southern  Nevada 
Desert,   and    shunned  by    every  living 
thing  except  an  occasional  lizard. 
This  much   and  no  more  was  known  of  the  world'? 
greatest  gold-fields  ten  years  ago. 
Another  picture,  Tonopah. 

Gone  the  sand  waste  ,gone  the  horror,  and  in  its  place 
a  metropolitan,  cosmopolitan  community.  The  Southern 
Nevada  Desert  once  called  great  because  of  its  vastness, 
is  now  great  indeed — great  because  it  is  daily  increasing 
the  wealth  of  the  world ;  great  because  at  a  single  bound 
it  has  accomplished  what  other  desert  countries  have  not 
done  in  centuries,  but  greatest  of  all  because  it  stands  as  a 
monument  to  the  combined  achievement  of  men's  brains, 
men's  courage,  men's  brawn,  and  men's  money. 

On  May  19,  1900,  Tonopah  came  into  being.  It  was 
upon  that  day  that  Jim  Butler  broke  the  samples  from 
the  Mizpah  Ledge  which  were  soon  to  cause  the  eyes  of 
the  mining  world  to  be  focused  upon  Southern  Nevada. 

The  story  of  that  discovery  has  been  told  elsewhere. 
All  have  heard  of  Jim  Butler's  search  for  a  man  who 
would  assay  his  samples,  of  the  days  of  hard  labor  three 
men  endured  before  they  knew  the  real  worth  of  the  new 
field,  of  the  discouragement  which  met  them  on  every 
hand  and  later  of  the  mad  rush  for  the  new  diggings. 

It  was  from  Belmont  that  Jim  Butler  traveled  on  his 
way  to  Klondyke  when  he  located  the  Tonopah  ground 
and  it  was  to  Belmont  that  he  returned  to  have  his  sam- 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


pies  assayed,  thus  it  was  that  the  first  men  to  hear  of 
the  new  strike  were  the  Belmont  men.  Most  of  them 
had  been  ranching,  some  had  been  keeping  stores  and 
others  had  been  prospecting  and  mining  in  a  small  way 
for  many  years.  All  went  to  Tonopah.  The  camp  was 
first  a  tent,  then  a  house,  and  later  a  city  of  business 
blocks  and  graded  streets,  electric  lights  and  telephones. 

Some  enterprising  citizen  decided  one  day  that  it  would 
be  a  good  thing  for  Tonopah  to  become  the  county  seat, 
and  the  miners  proceeded  to  move  it.  If  the  people  of 
Belmont  objected,  it  made  no  difference  for  there  were 
not  more  than  a  handful  of  them  left  to  object,  and 
Tonopah  went  on  the  principal  of  "what  I  want  I  take." 
The  county  seat  was  moved  without  any  "by-your-leave" 
or  "may  I  ?" 

The  Belmont  men  were  not  long  left  in  sole  possession 
of  the  new  land  of  wealth  for  the  news  traveled  fast  and 
people  in  all  the  remote  camps  of  the  country  heard  about 
it.  In  the  cities  they  heard  too,  but  in  the  cities  people  are 
sometimes  skeptical  and  the  wise  ones  assumed  a  "you- 
have-to-show-us"  attitude.  Some  of  them  awoke  be- 
fore it  was  too  late,  and  Tonopah  became  the  center  of 
a  cosmopolitan  population,  composed  of  men  and  women 
with  but  a  single  aim. 

Oddie  Mountain,  which  had  been  a  barren  hill  with  not 
a  stir  of  life,  became  the  busiest  place  in  the  West.  Men 
with  leases  from  the  original  locaters,  dug  into  the  hill, 
cut  it  and  cross-cut  it,  until  it  looked  like  a  bee  hive.  They 
worked  early  and  late,  and  reaped  a  golden  harvest  for 
themselves  and  for  the  owners  of  the  ground. 

The  name  of  Mizpah  became  known  the  world  over, 
and  soon  Belmont,  Tonopah  Extension,  Montana-Tono- 
pah,  Midway,  Jim  Butler,  and  many  others  look  their 
places  alongside  this  great  bonanza,  each  of  them  occu- 


X 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


pying  a  place  of  more  or  less  importance.  Though  loca- 
tions have  been  made  and  mines  have  been  developed 
since  the  day  of  the  discovery  of  the  Mizpah,  Tonopah 
has  never  produced  anything  greater  than  this  first  prop- 
erty.  If  it  is  not  the  greatest  silver-gold  mine  in  the 
world  today,  it  will  give  any  other  mine  a  close  run  for 
honors.  From  the  beginning  the  mines  of  Tonopah  have 
paid  their  owners.  The  first  wagon-load  of  ore  shipped 
out  of  the  district  brought  the  money  which  made  further 
development  of  the  mines  possible,  and  since  that  time 
the  production  receipts  have  been  enormous.  In  cash 
dividends  Tonopah  paid  during  the  year  1906,  $2,200,000 
and  121,375  tons  of  ore  were  shipped.  There  is  enough 
ore  blocked  out  in  the  mines  today  to  make  them  divi- 
dend-payers for  many  years,  even  if  there  is  never  another 
pound  of  gold  or  silver-bearing  rock  uncovered. 

Men  have  thought  enough  of  her  future  to  erect  fine 
business  blocks  and  some  of  the  most  expensive  homes  in 
the  State  are  located  there.  She  has  in  the  Tonopah 
Bonanza  an  up-to-date  morning  newspaper  that  would 
be  a  credit  to  any  city  and  in  the  afternoon,  the  Tonopah 
Sun  comes  forth  to  cast  its  rays  into  the  Tonopah  homes, 
while  three  weeklies  help  to  spread  the  greatness  of 
Tonopah  abroad. 

The  camp  is  the  center  of  an  ever-growing  mining  dis- 
trict and  supplies  Blair  and  its  famous  Silver  Peak  mine, 
which  many  believe  the  greatest  in  the  state ;  Manhattan, 
Liberty,  and  many  other  camps  of  importance. 

Tonopalrs  past  has  been  a  rosy  one,  but  not  one  whit 
less  bright  is  the  outlook  upon  the  future  which  stretches 
before  her.  In  spite  of  her  wonderful  stirdes  she  is  even 
now  only  an  infant  and  none  can  set  limits  which  will 
bind  her  advancement. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


JIM   BUTLER 

IM  BUTLER  is  the  father  of  Tonopah, 
solely,  only,  and  pre-eminently.  While 
the  parentage  of  various  other  camps  is 
a  mooted  question  and  the  birth  of  most 
of  them  is  shrouded  in  mystery,  Tono- 
pah is  in  a  class  by  itself.  It's  all 
hats  off  to  Jim  Butler.  It  takes  curiosity  to  make  mines. 
If  Little  Old  Jim  Butler,  as  he  is  affectionately  called, 
had  not  had  curiosity  there  might  not  have  been  any  To- 
nopah today.  When  Thomas  Jefferson  Bell,  one  of  the 
others  of  the  grand  old  pioneers  of  Nevada,  discovered 
Klondyke,  Jim  Butler  heard  of  the  find  and  started  on  a 
trip  to  the  new  district.  It  was  on  the  way  that  he  camped 
over  night  and  awoke  the  next  morning  to  find  Tonopah. 
Curiosity,  or  force  of  habit,  made  him  break  a  few  bits  of 
rock  from  some  of  the  outcroppings,  and  curiosity  led  him 
to  find  what  was  in  it.  This  was  on  May  19,  1900,  and  the 
samples  were  taken  off  what  is  now  the  Buckboard  Mine 
on  the  Mizpah  lode. 

With  these  samples  Jim  Butler  concluded  his  trip  to 
Klondyke.  Assayers  who  saw  the  rock  there  thought  lit- 
tle of  it  and  threw  the  samples  aside  as  not  worth  testing. 
The  failure  to  get  his  rock  assayed  seemed  to  act  as  a 
stimulus  to  Jim  Butler,  and  on  the  return  trip  he  took 
more  samples,  which  were  later  sent  to  the  assayers  by 
T.  L.  Oddie.  In  August  of  that  year  Mr.  Butler  and  his 
wife  left  for  the  new  diggings  and  on  the  twenty-sixth  of 
that  month  made  the  locations  covering  the  great  Mizpah 
ledge.  Their  location  monuments  were  made  of  ore  taken 
from>  the  ledge,  for  there  were  no  stakes  within  many 
miles.  Mrs.  Butler  named  the  camp  Tonopah.  With 


JIM   BUTLER 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


each  new  assay  the  locators  grew  more  and  more  enthusi- 
astic for  the  gold  and  silver  values  became  higher.  It  was 
not  long  until  the  barren  desert  grew  to  be  a  hustling  min- 
ing camp.  From  every  section  of  the  country  came  for- 
tune-hunters, all  seeking  the  new  El  Dorado.  And  To- 
nopah  was  made. 

As  long  as  there  is  a  Nevada,  as  long  as  the  world  re- 
members the  benefits  that  have  come  from  her  wondrous 
treasure  vaults,  so  long  will  the  name  of  Jim  Butler  be 
known  and  honored.  And  beside  it  must  be  placed  in 
every  record  of  the  growth  of  this  great  southern  empire 
the  name  of  Mrs.  Belle  Butler,  his  wife.  Of  all  Nevada 
women  she  is  the  most  honored.  Kind-hearted,  noble- 
spirited  and  courageous  she  went  through  all  the  hard- 
ships of  the  early  days  without  a  word  of  complaint. 

A  word  about  Jim  Butler.  He  is  a  big-hearted,  broad- 
gauge,  thoroughly  Western  type.  Of  strong  character, 
of  firm  mental  fibre,  he  combines  certain  carelessnesses 
with  strong  intellectuality  and  a  really  philosophical  bent 
of  mind.  His  word  poeple  are  willing  to  take  for 
his  bond,  and  he  believes  that  the  word  of  mouth  is  as 
binding  and  solemn  as  is  any  written  contract.  He  was 
born  in  1855  in  El  Dorado  County,  California,  and  his 
boyhood  days  were  passed  among  the  scenes  of  the  won- 
derful placer  diggings.  He  drifted  to  Nevada  in  the  days 
when  the  famous  Comstock  was  still  astonishing  the 
world,  and  mined  in  Austin,  Pioche,  White  Pine,  and  vari- 
ous other  districts.  Thirty  years  of  hard  knocks  were  his 
before  fortune  laid  in  his  path  the  Mizpah  Ledge  on  that 
memorable  May  morning.  Today  he  lives  on  a  beautiful 
ranch  in  Bishop,  and  every  few  days  his  big  automobile 
comes  chugging  into  Tonopah,  bringing  the  father  for 
another  glimpse  of  the  now  full-grown  child. 


Who's 

Who     in     Nevada 

w 


T.  L.  ODDIE 

RITE  the  name  of  Jimi  Butler  and  you 
tell  the  beginning  of  the  history  of  To- 
nopah;  write  the  name  of  T.  L.  Oddie 
and  you  give  the  world  a  mining  camp, 
full  grown  and  a  winner. 

In  the  sleepy  little  town  of  Belmont, 
which  was  at  that  time  almost  all  of  Southern  Nevada, 
there  was  a  young  attorney  endowed  with  plenty  of 
brains  but  little  coin  of  the  realm.  In  this  latter  particu- 
lar he  resembled  his  fellow  townsmen,  for  as  some  hu- 
morist writes,  there  was  not  more  than  $26  in  all  Nye 
County.  Mr.  Oddie  was  assistant  district  attorney,  su- 
perintendent of  schools,  and  various  other  things  benefi- 
cial to  the  people  of  Belmont,  but  not  particularly  remu- 
nerative to  T.  L.  Oddie.  To  quote  the  same  humorist,  his 
salary  was  $50  a  month,  payable  in  scrip  in  seven  years. 
It  was  not  then  Oddie  the  miner,  or  Oddie  the  state  sen- 
ator that  people  heard  of,  but  just  Oddie  the  assistant  dis- 
trict attorney,  or  Oddie,  "the  fellow  that  looked  after  the 
school  kids."  But  young  Oddie  was  not  the  sort  of  a  man 
to  be  content  long  with  a  salary  of  $50  a  month  payable 
in  seven  years,  and  when  Jim  Butler  returned  from  that 
now  famous  trip  to  Klondyke  with  some  rock  that  looked 
good,  Mr.  Oddie  listened  to  his  appeal  and  arranged  to 
have  the  assay  made.  It  was  the  beginning  of  a  new  life 
for  Oddie.  This  was  in  the  summer  of  1900.  By  of- 
fering an  assayer  in  Austin  an  interest  in  the  property 
Jim  Butler  had  discovered,  and  securing  his  report,  Mr. 
Oddie  made  possible  the  Tonopah  of  today.  With  Jim 
Butler  and  W.  Brougher,  Mr.  Oddie  went  to  the  Mizpah 
ground  located  by  Butler,  and  there  the  three  men,  work- 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


ing  by  turns,  sank  a  shaft  fifteen  feet.  From1  there  they 
hauled  the  ore,  two  wagonloacls  in  all,  to  Belmont,  and 
then  a  hundred  miles  farther  to  the  nearest  railroad  at 
Austin.  The  $600,  which  was  the  net  result  of  this  ship- 
ment, was  the  first  money  to  come  from  the  now  famous 
Mizpah  Ledge.  The  story  of  Tonopah,  with  its  leasers 
who  gophered  Oddie  Mountain  and  made  a  fortune  for 
its  locators  and  for  themselves,  tells  the  rest.  Mr. 
Oddie  opened  the  Tonopah  Mining  Company's  ground, 
as  well  as  the  Belmont  and  Jim  Butler,  and  he  made  them 
all  pay.  He  acquired  heavy  interests  in  the  Midway  Min- 
ing Company,  the  Tonopah  &  Goldfield  Railroad,  and  was 
the  first  president  of  the  Nye  &  Ormsby  County  Bank. 
He  was  one  of  the  first  on  the  ground  after  the  discovery 
of  Goldfield,  and  put  much  money  into  that  camp  and 
Bullfrog,  which  has  helped  largely  in  the  development 
of  both.  He  has. always  been  interested  in  securing  pub- 
lic utilities  and  owns  extensive  water  rights.  One  of  his 
pet  projects  is  a  gigantic  plan  to  bring  an  abundance  of 
water  into  Goldfield  and  Tonopah,  which  should  solve 
for  all  time  the  water  problem  in  the  two  camps. 

Mr.  Oddie  was  born  in  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  October  24, 
1870.  He  was  educated  in  Orange,  N.  J.,  and  later  gradu- 
ated from  the  night  school  of  New  York  University,  New 
York  City,  where  he  was  admitted  to  the  bar.  In  1898 
the  management  of  the  Anson  Phelps  Stokes  estate  in- 
duced Mr.  Oddie  to  come  to  Nevada,  where  the  estate  had 
large  interests.  Since  that  time  he  has  never  left  the 
state  except  for)  brief  visits.  Few  men  have  so  many 
friends.  He  is  a  quiet,  gentle-mannered  man,  handsome, 
trusts  others  implicitly,  dislikes  to  say  "no"  to  any  propo- 
sition that  has  merit,  and  there  are  innumerable  young 
men  in  Nevada  today  who  owe  their  start  in  life  to  T.  L. 
Oddie. 


tow: 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


MALCOLM  MACDONALD 


F  MALCOLM  MACDONALD  had 
done  nothing  in  his  life  but  install  the 
telephone  and  telegraph  system  through- 
out Southern  Nevada,  bringing  even  the 
remotest  camps  and  mines  into  instant 
communication  with  the  outside  world, 
he  would  not  have  lived  in  vain,  and  the  state  would  rise 
up  and  call  him  blessed. 

At  a  time  when  public  corporations  with  unlimited 
means  were  unwilling  to  spend  their  money  in  utilities  for 
the  development  of  that  part  of  the  desert  country,  it  was 
Malcolm  Macdonald  who  rose  to  the  occasion  and  in  the 
face  of  almost  insurmountable  obstacles  built  a  system  ot 
lines  that  was  a  god-send  to  the  people  of  the  community. 
Actuated  by  a  desire  to  give  the  outlying  camps  a  service 
that  would  make  it  possible  for  them  to  exist,  he  secured 
the  necessary  capital  for  telephone  and  telegraph  systems, 
projected  and  built  automobile  roads ;  and  instead  of  days 
and  weeks,  minutes  and  hours  separated  the  integral  parts 
of  the  greatest  mining  country  the  world  has  ever  known. 
Malcolm  Macdonald  is  the  typical  man  of  affairs,  the 
daring  organizer  and  investor,  just  the  sort  of  man  that 
is  necessary  to  the  welfare  of  a  state  such  as  Nevada.  The 
mining  district  is  his  home.  His  playgrounds  in  early  life 
were  the  shafts  of  the  Comstock,  where  his  father  was  a 
leader  during  the  palmy  days  of  the  great  gold  diggings. 
He  went  to  school  in  California  and  then  betook  himself 
to  Montana,  where  he  made  a  phenomenal  record  in  min- 
ing engineering.  He  became  associated  with  Joseph 
Harper,  one  of  the  noted  mining  and  construction  experts 
in  the  West.  Macdonald  had  supervision  of  the  build- 


K 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


ing  of  the  Big  Horn  dam  system,  from  which  Butte  was 
supplied  with  water  and  power.  The  firm  had  charge  of 
other  great  works  in  Montana  before  Mr.  Macdonald  de- 
cided to  return  to  Nevada,  his  native  state,  being  suc- 
ceeded in  the  partnership  with  Colonel  Harper  by  his 
brother,  Irving  Macdonald. 

His  career  in  Nevada  has  been  one  of  constant  activity. 
One  of  his  first  tasks  was  the  building  of  the  telephone  and 
telegraph  systems  and  the  construction  of  automobile 
roads.  He  is  consulting  engineer  of  the  Tonopah  Exten- 
sion Mining  Company,  in  which  Charles  M.  Schwab  is 
one  of  the  heaviest  investors,  and  is  president  of  the 
Southern  Nevada  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company. 
His  interests  are  numerous  and  varied.  He  took  charge 
of  the  Montgomery-Shoshone  Consolidated  Mine  and  de- 
veloped its  millions.  He  is  the  associate  of  many  wealthy 
men,  and  owns  properties  that  promise  immense  riches. 
Throughout  Southern  Nevada  his  hand  has  been  felt, 
always  building  up,  never  destroying. 

He  is  president  of  the  First  National  Bank  of  Goldfield, 
and  this  institution  is  one  of  his  pet  undertakings.  When- 
ever there  is  word  of  a  new  strike  or  new  discovery  in 
any  part  of  the  state,  Malcolm  Macdonald  and  his  men 
are  among  the  first  on  the  spot.  Thus  he  has  acquired 
interests  in  every  quarter.  One  of  the  camps  in  which 
he  is  concentrating  a  large  part  of  his  energy  at  present 
is  Rosebud,  which  he  believes  shows  promise  of  being 
among  those  which  will  some  day  be  famous  in  the  his- 
tory of  Nevada's  gold  regions. 

It  is  said  of  Malcolm  Macdonald  that  he  is  the  embodi- 
ment of  the  now  somewhat  trite  motto,  "Don't  knock  but 
boost."  He  has  never  been  known  to  speak  ill  of  any 
man.  If  his  opinions  are  contrary  to  those  of  another,  he 


MALCOLM    MACDONALD 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


states  the  fact  and  drops  the  subject.  He  is  straight- 
forward and  open  in  his  manner  and  in  his  dealing  with 
his  fellow  men.  No  man  can  attain  such  prominence  as 
his  and  be  free  from  the  attacks  of  those  who  seek  to  de- 
tract from  his  achievements.  But  he  does  not  retaliate. 
If  he  says  nothing  good  he  says  nothing  at  all.  He  is 
one  of  the  busiest  men  in  the  state  and  his  offices  are  the 
center  from  which  radiates  much  of  the  business  impetus 
of  the  district.  Surrounded  by  associates  and  employes, 
his  time  is  fully  occupied,  but  he  never  refuses  an  audi- 
ence to  any  one  who  may  seek  it.  The  door  of  his  office 
swings  open  to  admit  rich  and  poor  alike  and  to  all  he 
is  the  kindly,  courteous  man  whom  Nevada  has  come  to 
associate  with  what  is  most  progressive  in  her  develop- 
ment. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


DONALD  B.  GILLIES 

HE  mining  engineers  have  been  the 
mine  makers  of  Nevada.  Upon  the 
shoulders  of  a  few  has  rested  the  actual 
responsibility  of  making  dividend  pay- 
ers out  of  prospects.  Since  the  begin- 
ning of  the  gold  excitement  in  Tonopab. 
which  means  the  beginning  of  Southern  Nevada,  the  vari- 
ous mining  fields  of  the  world  have  been  contributing  their 
best  in  brains  and  skill  to  this  new  El  Dorado.  Montana 
has  sent  many  of  those  most  active  in  her  mineral  zone 
and  there  is  none  in  Nevada  today  who  is  better  known 
than  Donald  B.  Gillies. 

He  came  to  Nevada  a  young  man,  with  a  brief  but 
brilliant  record  behind  him,  and  abundance  of  high  hopes 
for  the  future.  Added  to  this  he  brought  a  sound  min- 
ing education,  unlimited  energy,  a  long  business  head 
and  a  happy  disposition.  The  prominence  of  his  position 
today  in  the  state's  activities  proves  how  well  this  stock 
in  trade  has  served  him.  Few  men  have  met  with  so  much 
success. 

When  the  Montana-Tonopah  Mining  Company  was 
casting  about  for  a  man  to  take  charge  of  its  property  and 
make  it  the  mine  it  promised  and  has  since  proved  to  be, 
they  sent  for  Don  Gillies  and  made  him  an  offer  flatter- 
ing enough  to  turn  the  head  of  a  young  man  less  wise. 
As  general  manager  of  this  property  he  paid  the  first 
dividend  to  the  stockholders  a  year  from  the  time  he  first 
took  the  reins  in  his  hands.  He  resigned  this  position 
to  accept  a  similar  one  with  the  Tonopah-Extension  Min- 
ing Company,  and  later  became  its  president.  His 
handling  of  the  Montana-Tonopah  Mine  first  attracted  the 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


attention  of  Charles  M.  Schwab  to  him  and  the  impres- 
sion Mr.  Schwab  received  of  him  then  was  strengthened 
before  he  had  long  been  in  charge  of  the  Tonopah  Ex- 
tension. Today  he  has  charge  of  all  Mr.  Schwab's  inter- 
ests in  Nevada,  which  have  been  growing  more  extensive 
all  the  time. 

The  purchase  of  the  Montgomery-Shoshone  in  the  Bull- 
frog District  was  made  upon  his  recommendation,  as  was 
also  the  purchase  of  the  Polaris  and  Crystal  groups, 
which  later  formed  the  holdings  of  the  Shoshone  Con- 
solidated Mines  Company.  He  was  instrumental  in  ef- 
fecting the  consolidation  of  several  of  the  best  properties 
in  Greenwater,  and  this  camp,  he  believes,  will  some  day 
be  one  of  the  great  copper  producers  of  the  world.  Cop- 
per mining  in  any  country  involves  the  expenditure  of 
much  money,  and  it  will  be  necessary  to  do  a  large  amount 
of  work  in  Greenwater  to  determine  the  actual  status  of 
the  district.  The  consolidation  includes  the  Greenwater 
and  Death  Valley,  the  Furnace  Creek  and  the  United 
Greenwater  companies,  the  choicest  in  the  district.  There 
is  no  camp  in  Nevada  in  which  Mr.  Gillies  is  not  inter- 
ested, and  his  personal  holdings  in  most  of  them  are  very 
large.  It  is  not  as  the  mining  engineer,  but  as  the  oper- 
ator that  he  is  most  heard  of  today. 

His  interests  keep  him  always  on  the  wing  and  he  is 
here  one  day  and  away  the  next,  with  his  watchful  eye 
in  every  quarter  where  he  or  the  men  who  are  his  asso- 
ciates, have  capital  invested. 

Personally  he  is  a  favorite  among  his  acquaintances.  His 
boyhood  days  were  spent  in  Ontario,  Canada,  where  he 
first  saw  the  light  in  1872.  His  father  and  his  grand- 
father had  been  miners  before  him,  and  it  was  natural 
that  he  should  have  a  desire  to  follow  in  their  footsteps. 


DONALD    B.   GILLIES 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


He  entered  the  Michigan  College  of  Mines  and  graduated 
there  with  the  degrees  of  B.  S.  and  E.  M.  His  first  actual 
field  experience  was  in  the  employment  of  the  Calumet 
and  Hecla  Copper  Company  in  Northern  Michigan,  and 
he  later  became  the  superintendent  of  all  the  mining 
properties  of  W.  A.  Clark  in  Butte,  Montana.  Many  of 
the  leading  capitalists  of  the  east  have  inyested  money  in 
Nevada  upon  his  advice,  and  his  opinion  is  being  contin- 
ually sought. 


V»n, 


M 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


CHARLES   M.  SCHWAB 


OLD  begets  gold.  It  takes  money  to 
make  mines.  Without  the  vast  amount 
of  capital  which  has  been  brought  into 
Southern  Nevada  the  world's  greatest 
proved  mining  field  might  today  be  but 
a  prospect. 

Every  captain  of  industry  who  has  invested  money  in 
mining  knows  that  for  every  winning  card  there  must  be 
many  blanks.  The  barren  ground  must  be  proved  as 
well  as  the  mine  and  every  dollar  that  is  actually  put  into 
the  ground,  whether  it  strikes  another  dollar  or  proves 
that  there  is  no  dollar  there  to  strike,  serves  its  purpose  in 
developing  the  country. 

The  West  has  drawn  miuch  of  her  development  capital 
from  a  few  financiers  of  the  East  who  recognized  her  won- 
derful possibilities  and  were  ready  to  send  gold  hunting 
for  more  gold. 

Charles  M.  Schwab,  the  steel  magnate,  has  been  in  the 
first  rank  of  those  who  have  opened  their  coffers  and 
poured  their  treasure  into  the  mining  regions  of  Southern 
Nevada.  Long  before  the  railroad  penetrated  the  remote 
parts  of  the  state,  Mr.  Schwab  covered  the  sagebrush  to 
see  with  his  own  eyes  the  prospects  it  was  offering  him. 
Upon  the  advice  of  experienced  mining  .men  whom  he 
has  kept  in  the  field  since  the  early  days  of  Tonopah,  he 
has  invested  money  in  nearly  every  camp  in  the  state.  He 
was  first  attracted  to  Tonopah,  where  he  purchased  from 
Tom  Lockhart  and  A.  D.  Myers  the  controlling  inter- 
est in  Tonopah  Extension.  The  most  noted  of  all  his 
purchases  has  been  that  of  the  Montgomery-Shoshone 
and  other  properties  which  go  to  make  up  the  holdings 
of  the  famous  Shoshone  Consolidated.  He  later  acquired 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


other  properties  in  the  Bullfrog  District,  which  make  him 
by  far  the  largest  owner  in  a  district  which  promises  to 
be  a  producer  long  after  some  of  the  more  sensational 
camps  have  ceased  to  exist.  Mr.  Schwab  is  chief  among 
the  owners  of  the  most  promising  properties  in  Green  water 
and  he  is  interested  in  various  other  projects  in  the  state, 
including  townsite  interests  and  a  plan  to  erect  a  smelter. 

A  word  about  Charles  M.  Schwab,  the  man.  There 
are  few  men  in  the  public  eye  today  whose  lives  are  so  full 
of  interest  as  that  of  this  steel  magnate.  He  was  bom  in 
Williamsburg,  Blair  County,  Pennsylvania,  February  18, 
1862,  and  was  educated  by  the  Franciscan  brothers  at 
Loretti.  He  began  his  business  career  as  a  grocer's  boy. 
and  his  first  work  in  connection  with  the  steel  industry, 
of  which  he  was  destined  to  become  the  head,  was  in  the 
engineering  department  of  the  Edgar  Thompson  Steel 
Company,  where  he  drove  stakes  for  $1.00  a  day.  The 
story  of  his  rapid  rise  from  that  time  forward  has  stirred 
many  a  boy  to  greater  efforts.  Suffice  it  to  say  that  in 
1897  he  was  made  president  of  the  Carnegie  Steel  Works 
and  became  the  highest  salaried  man  in  the  world. 

In  all  his  work  Mr.  Schwab  has  carried  out  the  con- 
solidation idea.  He  believes  that  concentration  saves  cost 
in  production  and  that  the  salvation  of  the  working  man 
and  the  capitalist  lies  in  the  trust. 

In  all  his  mining  ventures  in  Nevada  he  has  carried  out 
this  same  plan,  as  is  shown  in  the  consolidation  of  so  many 
properties  in  the  Bullfrog  District,  and  also  in  the  Green- 
water  consolidation. 

His  Nevada  associates  know  Charles  Schwab  and  ad- 
mire him  for  a  man  of  big  brain,  keen  judgment,  splendid 
executive  ability,  affable,  of  sympathetic  nature  and  great 
generosity.  Of  his  wealth  he  gives  abundantly  as  many 
public  institutions  and  countless  individuals  could  testify. 


CHARLES    M.  SCHWAB 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


4* 


JOHN   SALSBERRY 

HE  copper  king  of  the  new  Nevada  min- 
ing country  is  John  Salsberry,  and  Ube- 
hebe,  his  mineral  empire,  will  astonish 
the  world  with  its  outpourings  of 
wealth.  They  say  of  Ubehebe,  as  Queen 
Sheba  said  of  old,  "The  half  was  not 
told  me."  The  man  who  goes  into  the  district  is  prom- 
ised much,  he  realizes  more.  In  this  district  John  Sals- 
berry  is  the  leader  and  the  ruling  spirit  and  the  time  is 
coming  when  the  coffers  of  himself  and  his  associates 
will  be  overflowing  with  the  proceeds  from  kindly  Mother 
Earth. 

John  Salsberry  is  probably  as  well  known  as  any  miner 
in  Nevada.  He  came  to  Tonopah  in  May,  1901,  from 
Tuolumne  County,  California,  where  he  was  mining  on 
the  mother  lode.  He  secured  an  interest  in  the  Belmont, 
one  of  Tonopah's  great  properties,  and  also  has  had  ex- 
tensive holdings  on  ground  adjoining  the  Montana-Tono 
pah.  He  was  one  of  the  heavy  investors  and  staunch  sup- 
porters of  the  Bullfrog  District,  assisting  in  the  incor- 
poration of  valuable  properties.  He  has  operated  widely 
throughout  the  southern  part  of  the  State,  and  his  work 
has  been  carried  on  in  such  a  business-like,  systematic 
way  that  it  has  inspired  general  confidence,  his  efforts 
being  followed  closely  by  a  large  contingent.  His  faith 
in  Ubehebe  has  served  to  stimulate  great  interest  in  that 
camp.  Impartial  investigators  who  have  visited  this  great 
copper  district  declare  its  possibilities  are  almost  unlim- 
ited. 

The  land  lies  in  such  a  way  that  the  ore  can  be  taken 
out  with  but  little  difficulty.    The  mountains  are  high  and 


TV<  -<','.>  -' 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


the  descent  to  the  valley  is  sharp.  The  contact  is  dis- 
tinct and  the  ledges  are  the  true  copper  rock.  They  are 
there  in  plain  view,  and  the  more  one  looks,  the  more  he 
is  convinced.  By  the  outcroppings  the  ledges  may  be 
traced  practically  2,000  feet  along  the  side  of  the  moun- 
tain. 

Previous  to  the  discovery  of  Ubehebe,  Mr.  Salsberry 
had  been  deeply  interested  in  other  copper  properties.  He 
was  one  of  the  first  men  with  money  to  enter  the  Green- 
water  District.  His  agents  had  secured  many  claims  there 
and  later  Mr.  Salsberry  himself  made  a  visit  to  the  valley. 
He  was  prominent  in  the  affairs  of  the  Death  Valley  Cop- 
per Mining  Company  and  was  an  important  factor  in  the 
organization  and  exploitation  of  the  company  which 
Charles  M.  Schwab  and  his  associates  have  backed  with 
their  millions. 

His  judgment  appears  to  be  almost  infallible.  He  has 
co-operated  with  many  of  the  other  prominent  men  of 
Nevada  in  the  development  of  mining  property  and  his 
career  in  the  state  is  a  record  of  successful  operations. 

In  almost  every  camp  of  Nevada  Mr.  Salsberry  has 
lumber  yards,  and  in  the  management  of  these  properties 
he  has  been  so  successful  that  they  have  added  materially 
to  his  fortune.  He  is  generous,  a  good  booster  for  the 
state,  is  public-spirited  and  is  always  ready  to  lend  a  hand 
or  advance  money  for  the  betterment  of  the  community. 
He  is  essentially  a  self-made  man.  He  has  been  a  miner 
for  years  and  seems  to  have  been  one  of  those  destined  by 
the  Goddess  of  Chance  to  find  a  fortune  in  the  ground. 
He  is  known  throughout  the  country.  His  faith  in  the 
state  is  the  faith  of  the  man  who  knows.  He  frequently 
makes  trips  to  the  East,  and  when  he  speaks,  eastern  cap- 
ital is  ready  to  listen  and  be  convinced.  John  Salsberry 
is  big,  handsome  and  Western. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


m 


JUDGE  J.  P.  O'BRIEN 


UDGE  J.  P.  O'BRIEN  missed  the  San 
Francisco  earthquake  six  weeks,  coming 
to  Tonopah  just  that  length  of  time  be- 
fore the  cataclysmic  disturbance  in  the 
good  old  city  by  the  Golden  Gate.  The 
Judge  did  not  leave  San  Francisco  be- 
cause he  knew  the  earthquake  was  due  to  arrive,  but  be- 
cause he  recognized  in  Nevada  a  place  worthy  of  a  man's 
best  efforts.  He  was  born  in  San  Francisco,  attended  the 
public  schools  and  read  law  under  the  now  famous  at- 
torney, D.  M.  Delmas.  Mr.  O'Brien  formed  a  partner- 
ship with  E.  L.  Campbell,  which  continued  several  years. 
He  acquired  a  peculiar  fascination  for  mining  law.  In 
1896  he  went  to  Tuolumne  County,  where  he  built  up  an 
extensive  practice,  largely  cases  of  mining  law.  Judge 
O'Brien  returned  to  San  Francisco  in  1903,  and  almost 
immediately  he  became  the  legal  representative  of  some  of 
the  biggest  mining  companies  and  other  interests  in  the 
State. 

Coming  to  Tonopah,  Mr.  O'Brien  at  once  entered  act- 
ively upon  the  practice  of  his  profession,  devoting  his  time 
principally  to  the  law  pertaining  to  mining,  water  rights 
and  corporation  business  generally. 

May  6,  1907,  he  was  appointed  District  Judge  by  Gov- 
ernor Sparks,  to  fill  the  position  created  by  the  last  legis- 
lature, when  a  new  district  was  formed.  Although  the 
salary  is  the  highest  ever  paid  to  any  judge  in  the  state, 
Mr.  O'Brien  refused  the  appointment  three  times,  pre- 
ferring to  look  after  the  extensive  interests  which  he  rep- 
resented, but  was  persuaded  to  accept.  He  is  a  Democrat, 
strong  in  the  councils  of  the  party,  and  on  the  bench  is  ad- 
mitted to  have  few  equals  as  an  interpreter  of  the  laws. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


HUGH  H.  BROWN 

ITHOUT  learned  expounders  of  min- 
ing and  corporation  laws  the  actual 
business  of  this  Nevada  wonder-land 
would  be  seriously  retarded.  Such  an 
exponent  of  legal  lore  is  Hugh  H. 
Brown,  member  of  the  widely  known 
firm  of  Campbell,  Metson  &  Brown  of  San  Francisco 
and  Nevada. 

The  firm  established  offices  in  Tonopah  in  the  days  of 
the  camp's  infancy  and  has  had  no  small  part  in  up- 
building the  community,  Mr.  Brown  being  the  resident 
member. 

Graduating  from  Stanford  in  the  class  of  '96,  Mr. 
Brown  was  admitted  to  the  California  bar  in  the  same 
year.  He  received  his  first  training  in  mining  law  under 
the  late  Patrick  Reddy.  When  the  firm  decided  to  open 
offices  in  Nevada,  Mr.  Brown  was  sent  to  the  sagebrush 
and  has  remained  ever  since.  He  represents  some  of  the 
biggest  mining  enterprises  in  the  state,  among  them  be- 
ing many  owned  by  the  Brock  interests.  The  interests  of 
the  firm  have  not  been  confined  to  Tonopah,  for  they  have 
branch  offices  in  nearly  every  camp  in  Southern  Nevada. 
Among  the  many  corporations  that  Mr.  Brown  guides 
legally  aright  are:  Tonopah  Mining  Company,  the 
Jim  Butler  Tonopah  Mining  Company,  the  Tonopah  & 
Goldfield  Railroad,  the  Bullfrog  &  Goldfield  Railroad, 
the  Desert  Power  &  Mill  Company,  the  Tonopah  United 
Water  Company,  and  the  Nevada  Copper  Company. 

Mr.  Brown  is  the  sagebrush  Beau  Brummel,  and — 
whisper  it  lest  he  hear  you — probably  the  best  dressed 
man  in  Nevada. 


HUGH    H.  BROWN 


N 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


L.  L.  MUSHETT 

NLY  in  Nevada,  where  the  poor  man  of 
today  is  the  rich  man  of  tomorrow, 
could  a  man  with  a  hundred  dollars' 
worth  of  mining  stock  as  his  sole  claim 
to  wealth  at  the  beginning  of  one  year, 
write  his  name  for  $175,000  before  that 
•/•  tiQI  year  was  nine  months  old. 

Yet  that  was  just  what  L.  L.  Mushett,  erstwhile  tele- 
graph operator  and  now  prominent  mine  operator,  did. 
Mr.  Mushett  was  born  in  California  in  November,  1874, 
and  at  the  age  of  eighteen  entered  the  employment  of  the 
Southern  Pacific  as  a  telegrapher.  When  the  railroad 
was  built  into  Tonopah  he  went  to  the  camp  to  be  chief 
dispatcher  for  the  system  and  served  in  this  position  for 
two  years,  when  he  was  made  postmaster.  This  office 
he  resigned  to  engage  in  the  mining  business  and  he 
started  in  with  practically  no  capital.  He  organized  the 
firm  of  Mushett  &  Lawson,  and  became  associated  in 
business  with  W.  E.  Lawson.  Fortune  smiled  upon  him. 
He  bought  stocks  and  he  bought  the  right  ones.  When 
the  big  merger  at  Goldfield  took  place  he  held  20,000 
shares  of  Consolidated.  Today  he  has  interests  in  every 
camp  in  the  state.  He  is  president  of  the  J.  P.  Fitting 
Company  and  with  this  company  has  floated  many  suc- 
cessful mining  promotions.  Among  others  he  and  his  as- 
sociates secured  the  McAfee  Copper  property  in  Inyo 
County,  sold  to  Charles  M.  Schwab,  and  now  known  as 
the  Loretto  Copper  Company ;  the  Mears  &  Sanger  cop- 
per properties  in  Ubehebe  sold  to  John  Salsberry  and  his 
eastern  associates ;  and  several  others  from  which  great 
wealth  is  expected. 


L.  L.  MUSHETT 


Cx. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


KEY  PITTMAN 

UBLIC  spirited,  when  applied  as  a  term 
descriptive  of  a  man's  character,  is  often 
misused,  but  not  so  in  the  case  of  Key 
Pittman,  who  stands  high  among  men 
of  Nevada  and  whose  work  as  a  mining 
attorney  has  brought  him  more  than 
local  fame.  He  is  a  Southern  gentleman,  and  proud  of  it. 
Mississippi  was  his  birthplace,  his  education  being  ob- 
tained in  that  state  and  at  the  Southwestern  University, 
Clarksville,  Tenn.  He  went  to  Seattle  and  was  prominent 
in  legal  circles  in  that  city.  In  1897  he  went  to  Dawson 
and  then  to  Nome,  practicing  with  much  success.  Then 
he  came  to  Tonopah  and  soon  became  identified  with  some 
of  the  biggest  mining  companies  in  the  State.  He  rep- 
resents in  a  legal  way  a  long  list  of  corporations,  some  of 
the  most  important  being  the  Tonopah  Extension,  Bull- 
frog Mining  Company,  United  Greenwater  Copper, 
Nevada  Smelting  and  Mines  corporation ;  he  is  assistant 
counsel  of  the  Montgomery-Shoshone  Consolidated,  and 
others  equally  important.  He  is  attorney  for  the  Schwab 
interests,  State  Bank  and  Trust  Company,  Southern 
Nevada  Telephones  and  Telegraph  Company  and  is  a 
director  in  the  big  Greenwater  properties  acquired  by 
John  Brock  and  associates.  His  value  to  the  public 
as  a  citizen  is  seen  in  his  appointment  by  the  Nevada 
Supreme  Court  as  delegate  to  the  Universal  congress  of 
lawyers  and  jurists  in  St.  Louis  in  1904;  appointment  by 
the  Governor  as  delegate  to  the  National  Irrigation  Con- 
gress in  Portland,  1905  ;  appointment  as  colonel  on  the 
Governor's  staff,  1907,  and  his  selection  as  delegate  to 
the  National  Irrigation  Congress  in  Sacramento, 
A  true  son  of  Dixie-land,  a  true  citizen  of  Nevada. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


ZEB  KENDALL 

HEN  there  was  but  one  frame  dwelling 
in  Tonopah,  and  a  score  of  men  and  one 
woman  in  camp,  Zeb  Kendall,  a  miner 
who  had  been  working  in  Delamar,  ar- 
rived with  a  small  pack  and  not  much 
of  anything  else  in  the  world  but  a 
giant  physique  and  a  desire  for  gold.  The  giant  was  born 
in  Kansas  in  1875,  and  lived  most  of  the  early  part  of  his 
life  on  his  father's  ranch,  where  he  learned  to  fear  noth- 
ing and  to  like  hard  work.  He  always  had  a  desire  to 
mine  and  in  1896  went  to  Delamar,  where  he  gained  his 
practical  experience  under  ground. 

He  arrived  in  Tonopah  just  in  time  to  begin  leasing 
on  Mount  Oddie  and  in  this  way  he  made  his  first  stake. 
In  1902  he  built  the  Palace  Hotel,  the  first  hostelry  in 
Tonopah.  At  the  beginning  of  the  excitement  in  Gold- 
field,  Zeb  Kendall  opened  the  January  lease  which  was 
the  first  in  that  camp.  He  and  his  associates  struck  it 
lucky  on  this  and  hit  the  ledge  when  they  had  been  work- 
ing only  two  days.  News  of  this  strike  when  out  to  the 
world  and  it  was  not  long  before  leasing  was  the  popular 
form  of  mining  in  this  section. 

Various  other  ventures  followed  this  one  and  they  all 
met  with  a  more  or  less  degree  of  success.  Mr.  Kendall 
started  the  Zeb  Kendall  Brokerage  Company  and  gained 
the  confidence  of  a  large  part  of  the  investing-  world. 
A  big  hearted  boyish  fellow,  with  nothing  but  kind 
words  and  kind  thoughts  for  all,  he  has  always  had  a  host 
of  friends.  He  has  known  what  it  is  to  be  rich  one  day 
and  poor  the  next  and  there  are  few  men  in  the  state 
whose  fortunes  have  gone  through  such  meteoric  changes. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


BERT  L.  SMITH 

SANDWICHED  career  of  banking  and 
mining  and  more  banking  and  more 
mining  has  brought  the  name  of  Bert  L. 
Smith  into  prominence  in  nearly  every 
mining  camp  of  the  west.  Mr.  Smith 
was  born  in  Leeds,  Green  County,  New 
York,  but  he  realized  before  he  had  reached  a  very  mature 
age  that  the  West  was  the  place  for  him,  and  since  1882 
he  has  been  living  in  frontier  towns.  His  first  years  in 
the  West  were  spent  in  Colorado  mining  and  later  he 
was  active  in  Wyoming  and  Old  Mexico.  In 
1897  he  went  to  Eureka,  one  of  the  early-day  camps, 
and  there  he  purchased  the  Eureka  County  Bank,  an  in- 
stitution of  which  he  is  still  vice  president.  With  his 
brother,  O.  J.  Smith,  he  began  acquiring  banking  inter- 
ests all  over  the  state  and  his  second  move  was  the  or- 
ganization of  the  Southern  Nevada  Bank  at  Bullfrog, 
which  is  now  the  First  National  Bank  at  Rhyolite.  This 
was  in  the  first  days  of  the  excitement  in  the  Bullfrog 
district  and  that  same  year  Mr.  Smith  moved  his  head- 
quarters from  Eureka  to  Tonopah.  Early  in  the  Man- 
hattan boom  he  started  the  Bank  of  Manhattan  and  is  its 
president  today. 

The  First  National  Bank,  of  Elko  of  which  he  is  vice 
president,  was  organized  by  him  in  1893.  He  is  president 
of  the  Manhattan  Pine  Nut  Mining  ompany,  the  Yellow 
Horse,  vice-president  of  the  Eureka  Manhattan,  and  a 
director  in  the  Manhattan  Sedan. 

Bert  L.  Smith  is  a  typical  successful  business  man.  He 
is  clear  headed,  alert,  decisive  and  possessed  of  down-to- 
date  methods  in  mining  and  banking. 


BERT    L.   SMITH 


n 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


IRVING  MACDONALD 


HE  pathless  wastes  of  Nevada's  desert 
lands  have  been  made  comparatively 
safe,  even  for  the  tenderfoot,  by  the  sur- 
veyor and  map-maker.  While  perhaps 
not  as  exciting  in  the  hope  of  sudden 
wealth  as  the  work  of  the  prospector 
and  developer  of  mining  property,  the  task  of  the  sur- 
veying engineer  is  of  as  much  or  greater  importance  in 
the  upbuilding  of  a  great  mining  community. 

Irving  Macdonald,  senior  member  of  the  firm  of  Mac- 
donald  &  'Moran,  surveyors  and  engineer,  has  a  record  of 
great  achievements  in  his  work.  Montana  was  his  birth- 
place, and  Helena  his  native  city,  where  he  opened  his 
eyes  in  1870.  He  was  educated  in  California,  and  gained 
his  first  mining  knowledge  in  the  field  and  in  the  office. 
He  was  a  member  of  the  firm  of  Harper  &  Macdonald 
in  Butte. 

Along  with  many  others  who  formed  a  general 
exodus  of  mining  men  bound  for  Nevada,  Mr.  Macdon- 
ald went  to  Tonopah  in  1904  and  opened  an  office.  His 
firm  made  the  first  map  of  Greenwater  and  has  just  pub- 
lished a  new  map  of  the  Tonopah  district  that  is  prob- 
ably the  best  and  most  complete  ever  issued. 

Aside  from  his  success  in  his  profession,  Mr.  Mac- 
donald has  been  active  in  mining  and  has  acquired  inter- 
ests in  Manhattan,  Greenwater,  Silver  Peak,  and  several 
other  camps. 

Mr.  Macdonald  in  official  capacity  is  land  attorney  for 
Nevada,  having  been  appointed  to  this  position  by  the 
department  at  Washington. 


71 


IRVING    MACDONALD 


n 


-•' 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


WILLIAM  J.  MORAN 


ILLIAM  J.  MORAN,  associate  of  Irv- 
ing Macdonald  in  the  firm  of  Macdon- 
ald  &  Moran,  surveyors  and  engineers, 
is  another  man  who  has  decided  that 
Nevada  is  the  best  place  after  all.  He 
is  a  natural  Nevadan,  his  father  being 
one  of  the  prominent  mining  men  of  the  Comstock  days. 
Mr.  Moran  was  born  in  Virginia  City,  not  a  very  long 
time  ago.  After  graduating  from  the  University  of  Ne- 
vada in  1901  he  went  to  Butte,  Montana,  and  entered  the 
office  of  Harper  &  Macdonald,  as  civil  engineer.  Not  long 
after  this  the  old  longing  for  the  sagebrush  state  came 
over  him  and  he  decided  to  return  to  Nevada.  Looking 
over  the  list  of  desirable  camps  in  which  he  might  locate, 
he  settled  on  Tonopah  and  subsequent  events  show  that  he 
made  no  mistake. 

Mr.  Moran  succeeded  Mr.  Harper  in  the  firm  which 
then  became,  and  has  remained  since,  Macdonald  &  Moran. 
His  work  in  Montana  had  been  of  a  nature  to  give  him 
much  actual  experience  in  the  mining  country  and  the 
firm  soon  had  a  business  that  grew  toward  every  point  of 
the  compass. 

Both  Mr.  Moran  and  Mr.  Macdonald  are  known  all  over 
Southern  Nevada,  and  in  the  north  as  well.  Their  field 
work  takes  themi  into  every  important  district  in  the  great 
mining  country  and  they  take  rank  with  enterprising  men 
who  came,  saw  Nevada,  conquered  all  obstacles,  and 
stayed :  reliable  successful  men,  full  of  confidence  and  de- 
termination. 


W.  J.   MORAN 


n 


A 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


CHARLES   T.  GRIMES 


N  NEVADA  CITY,  California,  no 
longer  ago  than  1882,  a  boy  was  born 
and  christened  Charles  T.  Grimes.  The 
birth  records,  if  Nevada  City  boasts  of 
such  records,  give  his  name  thus  and  the 
family  Bible  also  bears  like  witness,  but 
the  young  man  himself  would  look  up  in  startled  wonder 
if  addressed  as  Charles.  In  Tonopah  today  "Puddy" 
Grimes  holds  a  place  in  the  hearts  of  the  people  that  i> 
entirely  his  own.  When  Charles  Grimes  was  old  enough 
to  understand  that  he  had  a  name,  some  small  youngster 
called  him  "Paddy."  Some  other  more  original  friend 
changed  it  to  "Puddy,"  and  "Puddy"  he  is  today. 

In  the  first  days  of  Tonopah  Puddy  Grimes  drove  alone 
from  his  home  in  California  to  the  scene  of  the  mining  ex- 
citement and  there  he  has  remained  ever  since.  Always 
jolly,  always  willing  to  lend  a  helping  hand  to  do  for 
someone  in  need,  and  always  the  same  little  smiling  fun- 
maker,  it  was  not  long  until  he  was  one  of  the  best-liked 
fellows  in  camp.  During  the  black  pneumonia  epidemic 
in  Tonopah,  which  was  little  short  of  a  plague,  there  were 
many  who  learned  a  side  of  the  man  they  will  never  for- 
get. People  were  dying  on  every  hand,  and  there  were  no 
nurses  to  be  had.  During  the  whole  of  that  long  and 
memorable  winter  he  worked  night  after  night  to  aid  in 
the  fight  against  death.  The  name  of  "Puddy"  followed 
him  into  Tonopah  and  he,  thinking  it  a  good  joke  on 
himself,  registered  to  vote  under  the  name  and  later  made 
his  political  campaign  under  the  same  cognomen.  Today 
every  document  which  passes  through  the  county  re- 
corder's office  bears  the  name  of  Puddy  Grimes. 


CHARLES  T.  GRIMES 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


MARIUS  DUVALL 

HERE  are  some  men  on  whom  advers- 
ity acts  as  a  stimulus ;  men  who  work 
and  strive  and  finally  see  success  at 
their  finger-tips  only  to  see  it  slip  away 
before  they  have  clutched  it  firmly ; 
then  strive  and  work  again. 

To  such  men  the  goddess  of  chance  may  be  fickle  many 
times,  but  in  the  end  she  bestows  her  lasting  gift.  Marius 
Duvall  is  one  of  these.  He  arrived  in  Tonopah  on  the 
stage  one  day  early  in  the  year  1902.  In  Tonopah  he 
met  Tom  Loekhart  and  bonded  from  him  what  is  now  the 
Tonopah  Extension  Mining  Company.  He  went  to  San 
Francisco  with  it,  but  through  the  short-sightedness  of 
one  of  his  associates  lost  the  ground. 

In  1904  he  again  appeared  in  Tonopah  and  organized 
the  Tonopah  Standard  Mining  Company  to  develop 
ground  in  the  western  part  of  the  camp — convinced  that 
the  enormous  ore  bodies  of  this  district  lie  in  an  east  and 
west  zone.  The  shaft  on  this  property  is  now  down  625 
feet  and  will  be  continued  to  the  "Lode  Porphyry." 

He  went  to  Death  Valley  and  engaged  in  prospecting 
for  copper,  but  suspended  operations  there  until  the  rail- 
roads, now  building  into  that  region,  are  completed. 

His  career  has  been  a  versatile  one.  Born  in  Mary- 
land, educated  at  the  United  States  Naval  Academy,  he 
went  west  about  twenty  years  ago  and  has  been  engaged 
in  mining  in  Montana,  California  and  Nevada  ever  since. 

There  are  few  experiences  that  fall  to  the  lot  of  the 
miner  that  have  not  been  his,  and  through  all  of  them  he 
has  remained  a  cheerful  optimist. 


MARIUS  DUVALL 


H 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


WILL  C.  RUSSELL 

HE  scion  of  the  family  of  the  pioneers 
of  California  and  the  Comstock,  Will 
C.  Russell,  secretary  and  treasurer  of 
the  United  Mine  Syndicate  of  Nevada, 
comes  naturally  by  his  love  for  life  on 
the  desert.  His  father  crossed  the 
plains  in  the  early  days,  and  his  uncle,  Charles  H.  Strong, 
was  superintendent  of  the  Gould  and  Curry  at  Virginia 
City. 

Will  Russell  was  born  in  California  in  1873  and  re- 
ceived his  preliminary  education  at  Oakland,  graduating 
from  the  University  of  California  with  the  class  of  '98. 
While  in  college  he  was  Berkeley  correspondent  for 
the  San  Francisco  Call  and  for  three  years  was  manager 
of  the  University  of  California  magazine. 

Immediately  after  his  graduation  he  went  to  Alaska, 
and  spent  most  of  his  time  in  the  Klondike  until  the  fall 
of  1901,  visiting  in  the  meantime  all  the  important  camps 
of  Alaska  and  of  the  British  northwest.  Since  that  time 
he  has  been  gaining  practical  mining  experience  in  Cali- 
fornia and  Nevada.  He  was  interested  in,  and  in  charge 
of,  properties  in  Placer,  Plumos,  and  El  Dorado  coun- 
ties, until  he  became  secretary  and  manager  of  the  United 
Mine  Syndicate,  a  company  backed  largely  by  eastern 
capitalists  and  operating  properties  at  Bullfrog  and  At- 
wood. 

Mr.  Russell  holds  a  large  block  of  stock  in  this  Syndi- 
cate and  has  other  mining  and  commercial  interests  of 
importance.  He  is  a  partner  in  the  Silver  Peak  Mercan- 
tile Company  and  the  Tonopah  Manhattan  Forwarding 
Company. 


WILL  C.  RUSSELL 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


THOMAS   JEFFERSON   BELL 

EVENTY  miles  out  from  Tonopah,  liv- 
ing on  a  beautiful  ranch  on  Reese  river, 
is  a  man  who  had  not  a  little  to  do  with 
history-making  in  Southern  Nevada. 
He  is  Thomas  Jefferson  Bell,  and  he 
has  been  prospecting  in  Nye  county  for 
forty-seven  years.  He  discovered  Southern  Klondyke,  the 
camp  to  which  Jim  Butler  was  going  when  he  discovered 
Tonopah.  He  is  the  kind  of  man  to  whom  any  one  would 
be  proud  to  take  off  his  hat. 

Elected  to  the  assembly,  he  was  chosen  speaker  of  that 
body,  and  has  seen  long  service  in  the  interests  of  Ne- 
vada. Almost  half  a  century  before  Southern  Nevada 
showed  any  signs  of  becoming  the  great  country  it  is 
today,  he  was  living  there,  making  of  a  strip  of  barren 
land,  a  beautiful  ranch,  raising  a  large  family  of  boys, 
and  prospecting  in  between  crops. 

He  has  a  large  fund  of  good  stories  gleaned  from  ex- 
perience, and  he  recounts  them  with  all  the  delight  of  a 
small  boy.  | 

At  one  time  he  had  to  make  out  some  papers  for  a 
policy  in  a  Masonic  aid  society.  Answering  the  ques- 
tions which  were  put  to  him  as  to  his  occupation,  he  said 
"mining." 

The  examiner  wrote  back:  "Can't  you  give  some  less 
dangerous  occupation  than  mining,  and  who  is  your 
family  physician?  Where  did  he  graduate?" 

"The  only  risk  in  being  a  miner  is  that  of  starving  to 
death,"  the  Senator  wrote  back,  and,  "as  for  the  family 
physician — the  nearest  doctor  is  a  hundred  miles  away, 
and  we  have  never  seen  him." 


THOMAS  JEFFERSON  BELL 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


JOHN   Y.  McKANE 

HE  faculty  of  knowing  when  to  buy  and 
when  to  sell,  a  fair  quota  of  luck,  and  a 
generous  measure  of  business  ability 
are  the  principal  factors  that  have  con- 
tributed to  the  great  success  in  Nevada 
of  John  Y.  McKane. 
The  psychological  moment  found  him  in  Tonopah,  later 
in  Goldfield,  and  still  later  in  Bullfrog.  In  each  camp  he 
was  an  early  investor  in  some  of  the  best  properties.  His 
first  lucky  venture  in  Goldfield  was  a  lease  on  the  Jumbo, 
from  which  he  and  his  associates  realized  a  large  sum  of 
money.  An  hour  after  L.  L.  Patrick  had  secured  an  op- 
tion on  the  Combination,  Mr.  McKane  tried  to  buy  the 
property,  but  he  was  too  late.  From  Tom  Lockhart  he 
secured  an  option  on  the  Tonopah  Extension  at  fifteen 
cents  a  share.  This  was  sold  to  Charles  M.  Schwab,  and 
Mr.  McKane  retained  a  good  interest  for  himself,  also 
being  made  Mr.  Schwab's  representative  in  Nevada.  He 
bought  other  properties  in  Goldfield  and  several  in 
Diamondfield  and  Bullfrog,  selling  most  of  them  at  the 
right  moment. 

From  Nevada,  Mr.  McKane  went  to  Cobalt,  Canada, 
where  he  made  another  big  mining  deal.  Since  that  time 
he  has  been  visiting  his  ancestral  halls  in  Scotland.  Much 
of  the  time  each  year  is  spent  at  his  beautiful  country 
place  in  New  Brunswick.  He  is  a  Scotchman,  of  mag- 
netic personality,  possesses  remarkable  oratorical  abilities 
and  has  the  proud  record  of  almost  invariably  winning 
that  for  which  he  strives. 


JOHN  Y.  McKANE 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


JOHN   C.  KIRCHEN 


MONG  the  men  who  are  actively  en- 
gaged in  helping  to  swell  the  produc- 
tion receipts  of  Tonopah's  mines,  is 
John  G.  Kirchen. 

Mr.  Kirchen  is  general  manager  of 
the  Tonopah  Extension  Mining  Com- 
pany's property,  and  in  this  capacity  he  has  charge  of  the 
development  work  of  the  mine.  When  the  various  inter- 
ests of  Don  Gillies  made  it  impossible  for  him  to  devote 
the  necessary  time  to  the  active  management  of  the  Tono- 
pah Extension,  Mr.  Kirchen  wa's  chosen  to  fill  his  place, 
and  all  who  are  conversant  with  the  affairs  of  the  mine 
declare  that  the  choice  was  a  wise  one. 

Mr.  Kirchen  was  born  at  Lake  Linden,  Michigan, 
thirty-five  years  ago,  and  he  received  his  mining  educa- 
tion at  the  Michigan  College  of  Mines,  at  Houghton, 
Michigan,  where  he  graduated  with  the  class  of  1894. 
He  was  connected  with  various  large  copper  interests  in 
the  Michigan  copper  districts  for  six  years  before1  he 
came  west.  Since  that  time  he  has  been  engaged  in  the 
examination  of  mines  for  eastern  capitalists,  and  this 
work  has  carried  him  into  nearly  every  mining  field  of  the 
west.  Though  a  young  man,  his  opinion  carries  weight 
with  men  of  prominence,  and  he  has  been  remarkably 
successful  in  everything  he  'has  undertaken. 


JOHN  C.  KIRCHEN 


GOLDFIELD 


GOLDFIELD 


REATEST  of  all  of  these  is  Goldfield. 

An  infant  born  of  the  prodigy  Tono- 
pah,  she,  like  the  Goddess  Minerva, 
who  sprang  full  grown  from  the  brain 
of  Jove,  was  a  grown  city  before  she 
had  become  used  to  being  a  camp. 

Here  is  a  case  wherein  the  child  has  not  only  outgrown 
the  parent  but  all  the  ancestors  as  well. 

With  a  population  of  nearly  20,000  Goldfield  is  the 
largest  city  in  Nevada.  Her  wage-earners  receive  $27,000 
a  day,  or  a  grand  total  of  nearly  ten  million  a  year,  and 
she  is  only  four  years  old. 

During  at  least  three  of  those  four  years  the  attention 
of  the  entire  world  has  been  focused  on  this  camp.  The 
names  of  her  mines  have  become  common  words  on  the 
Atlantic  coast  and  the  Pacific  coast,  on  the  ocean  liners 
and  in  the  metropolitan  centers  of  the  Old  World  and 
the  New,  on  trains  and  street-cars.  Everywhere  men 
talk  Goldfield.  Many  who  have  never  seen  a  mine  are 
familiar  with  "high  grade."  In  Goldfield  it  is  the  only 
thing  that  counts.  The  men  mine  in  their  waking  hours 
and  in  their  sleep.  They  talk  mines  at  breakfast,  lunch- 
eon and  dinner.  The  theatres  play  to  empty  houses  and 
each  one  that  starts  finally  closes  and  the  actors  depart 
for  places  where  they  can  at  least  make  meal  tickets. 
People  have  no  time  to  be  amused,  and  if  they  had  time 
they  would  not  care  for  it.  The  game  they  are  playing 
is  more  fascinating  than  any  man  has  ever  devised. 

To  the  tenderfoot  dropped  in  the  desert  for  the  first 
time  Goldfield  presents  a  most  remarkable  sight.  Com- 
ing out  of  the  blackness  and  vast  barrenness  of  the  desert 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


at  night,  into  a  brilliantly  lighted  city  with  cabmen  and 
bus  drivers  all  shouting  at  once  the  benefits  of  what  thgy 
have  to  offer,  is  enough  to  startle  anyone.  To  be  driven 
to  an  hotel  where  accommodations  are  as  good  as  can 
be  found  in  almost  any  city  of  the  size  in  the  world,  is 
the  second  surprise,  and  they  come  like  an  avalanche 
thereafter. 

Everywhere  there  are  beautiful  homes  presided  over 
by  beautiful  women  who  dress  for  dinner,  have  teas  and 
luncheons,  and  dances  and  musicales,  just  as  they  do  in 
New  York;  who  have  bridge  whist  and  a  woman's  club, 
and  in  short  nearly  everything  they  would  have  if  they 
were  anywhere  else  in  the  world. 

It  was  not  always  thus.  There  are  those  in  Goldfield 
who  can  tell  a  different  story.  They  remember  the  day 
when  a  man  with  a  bit  of  canvas  over  his  head,  was  a 
lucky  man.  They  remember  the  day  when  the  man  with 
a  piece  of  sheet  iron,  had  an  ideal  cook  stove,  and  was  to 
be  envied  among  men.  They  remember  the  day  when 
bacon  and  beans  were  a  pleasurable  reality  three  times  a 
day,  and  oysters  on  the  half-shell  only  a  dream  of  the  past 
or  the  future. 

Men  have  wrought  these  changes — wrought  them  with 
their  hands,  their  brains  and  their  money.  Millions  have 
been  spent  in  bringing  Goldfield  to  its  present  state,  but 
Goldfield  has  paid  compound  interest  on  every  cent  that 
has  been  spent  for  her  betterment. 

Goldfield's  first  location  was  made  in  February,  1903, 
on  the  north  side  of  Columbia  mountain  two  miles  to  the 
south  of  the  heart  of  Goldfield,  as  it  is  today.  Harry 
Stimler  and  William  Marsh  called  the  location  Sand- 
storm, because  on  the  day  of  its  discovery  the  air  was 
filled  with  alkali  dust. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


Water  determined  the  location  of  the  town  of  Gold- 
field  for  it  was  around  a  well  at  the  corner  of  Main  and 
Myers  street,  dug  there  by  A.  D.  Myers  and  T.  D.  Mur- 
phy, that  the  first  tents  were  pitched,  and  the  nucleus  of 
the  city  was  formed.  In  October,  1903,  with  the  organi- 
zation of  the  Goldfield  Townsite  Company,  the  Goldfield 
mining  district  was  organized.  The  following  month  the 
population  cleared  away  the  sage-brush  and  laid  off  Main 
street.  Lots  were  sold  for  a  song,  others  were  given 
away,  and  many  could  be  had  for  the  squatting.  They 
tell  a  story  now  of  one  that  was  sold  for  twenty-five  dol- 
lars, later  bought  for  three  hundred  and  fifty,  and  finally 
lost  in  a  single  hand  at  a  poker  game.  That  lot  is  today 
worth  many  thousands. 

The  postoffice  was  established  in  camp  in  January,  1904, 
and  that  postoffice  is  today  doing  a  business  equal  to  that 
of  any  city  in  the  United  States  three  times  its  size. 

The  camp  was  started  right  in  the  beginning.  There 
were  real  mines  there  almost  upon  the  surface  and  values 
became  better  all  the  time.  Each  new  strike  was  a  new 
triumph,  and  when  the  world  heard  of  Mohawk,  Com- 
bination, Sandstorm,  Kendall,  Florence,  Red  Top,  Jumbo, 
Great  Bend,  Gold  Bar,  and  a  score  of  others,  any  one  of 
which  would  be  enough  to  warrant  the  building  of  a 
camp,  the  world  could  not  help  opening  its  eyes. 

The  leasers  helped  to  make  Goldfield.  Spurred  on  by 
the  lure  of  the  shining  gold  which  they  knew  was  under 
the  ground,  and  pressed  by  a  time  limit,  they  put  all  their 
money  and  all  their  energy  to  work,  and  the  fortunes 
which  they  have  banked,  have  been  their  reward. 

Goldfield  has  had  a  remarkable  infancy  and  a  remark- 
able growth,  but  those  fade  into  insignificance  in  com- 
parison with  the  future  which  appears  to  lie  before  her. 
The  spectacular  element  may  vanish,  but  the  gold  is 
there,  and  her  history  hereafter  will  be  written  in  figures. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


J.  P.  LOFTUS 

HEREVER  men  gather  to  develop  the 
natural  resources  of  the  land  and  build 
a  community,  it  falls  to  the  lot  of  a  few 
to  lead,  to  many  to  follow.  In  the  won- 
derful story  of  Nevada's  golden  out- 
pouring of  riches  there  appear  charac- 
ters who  stand  out  in  bold  relief  against  the  background 
of  the  majority.  In  the  pursuit  of  wealth  on  Nevada's 
deserts  men  pause  to  speak  in  praise  of  the  work  and 
achievements  of  J.  P.  Loftus,  of  the  firm  of  Loftus  & 
Davis. 

What  measure  of  success  has  come  to  this  man,  and 
Fortune  has  smiled  on  his  efforts,  is  due  to  perseverance, 
to  keen  business  judgment,  and  to  his  own  honest  en- 
deavors. Of  the  men  who  have  made  Nevada,  Loftus 
and  Davis  stand  in  the  foremost  rank. 

J.  P.  Loftus  was  born  in  New  York.  He  acquired  an 
education,  as  he  has  done  all  else  that  he  possesses,  by  his 
own  efforts.  He  was  left  an  orphan  at  the  age  of  six. 
years,  but  has  faced  the  world  manfully  on  his  own  re- 
sources from  that  time  to  this.  Mr.  Loftus  came  to  the 
camp  of  Goldfield  in  the  early  days.  As  he  expresses  it, 
his  office  was  under  his  hat,  for  the  first  two  years. 

The  mining  operations  of  Mr.  Loftus  and  his  partner, 
Mr.  Davis,  have  been  on  an  extensive  scale,  so  extensive 
that  the  firm  has  the  reputation  throughout  Nevada  and 
the  United  States  of  making  as  many  mines  as  any  one 
firm  in  this  western  country.  Both  men  had  been  thor- 
oughly trained  for  their  work,  Mr.  Loftus  having  had 
seventeen  years  of  experience.  Some  of  their  big  ven- 
tures were  the  Block  Five  lease  on  the  Sandstorm,  under- 


M 


J.  P.  LOFTUS 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


taken  November  23,  1904;  the  purchase  and  development 
of  100  acres  of  land  comprising  the  property  of  the  Bull- 
frog Gold  Bar  Mining  Company,  four  miles  from  Rhyo- 
lite ;  the  Great  Bend  Mining  Company  near  Diamond- 
field,  in  January,  1906,  and  the  Round  Mountain  Mining 
Company  in  March,  1906.  The  latter  property  was  se- 
cured in  conjunction  with  J.  P.  Sweeney,  J.  S.  Cook  and 
Louis  Gordon. 

For  the  accommodation  of  the  News  Publishing  Com- 
pany, of  which  Mr.  Loftus  is  said  to  own  the  control,  he 
has  planned  and  constructed  at  a  cost  of  $100,000,  the 
News  Building  at  the  corner  of  Crook  and  Columbia 
streets,  and  as  president  of  the  Montezuma  Club  the  work 
of  planning  and  constructing  the  new  home  of  that  organ- 
ization has  been  entrusted  to  him.  There  is  hardly  a 
large  business  enterprise  of  merit  in  which  he  has  not  a 
finger. 

A  word  concerning  the  man :  Mr.  Loftus  has  a  serene 
and  manly  disposition  that  inspires  confidence.  He  has 
an  intellectual  forehead,  a  keen,  penetrating  eye,  and  a 
rugged,  honest  face.  He  stands  for  what  is  right  and 
honorable,  and  his  remarkable  success  is  so  justly  merited 
that  not  even  a  business  rival  would  attempt  to  detract 
from  it. 

Mrs.  Loftus,  before  her  marriage,  was  Gertrude  Portia 
Hopkins.  Their  boy  was  the  first  baby  in  Goldfield.  Many 
successful  men  are  prone  to  take  all  the  credit  for  their 
achievements  to  themselves,  but  Mr.  Loftus  is  not  of  that 
class.  Speaking  reminiscently  of  his  work,  he  pays  a 
loving  tribute  to  the  woman  whose  constant  words  of  en- 
couragement have  upheld  and  supported  him  even  in  times 
of  apparent  adversity,  and  to  her  he  attributes  in  great 
part  that  "measure  of  success"  which  he  modestly  admits 
he  has  attained. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


JAMES  R.  DAVIS 

NE  of  the  ablest  men  in  the  business  of 
mining  in  Nevada  is  James  R.  Davis, 
of  the  firm  of  Loftus  &  Davis.  Few 
men  in  the  state  have  so  many  produc- 
ing mines  to  their  credit.  There  are 
those  who  go  even  farther  and  say  there 
is  no  man  who  has  such  infallible  judgment  and  intuition 
in  choosing  properties.  As  proof  of  this  are  six  pro- 
ducing mines  in  the  Loftus-Davis  combination,  every  one 
of  which  is  the  result  of  his  judgment  in  the  matter  of 
location  and  purchase. 

Jim  Davis  got  his  education  and  equipment  in  the  field. 
He  landed  in  Goldfield  without  a  dollar,  but  with  fifteen 
years  of  more  or  less  successful  mining  work  back  of 
him.  He  was  born  in  Kansas  thirty-three  years  ago,  and 
began  mining  when  he  was  still  a  boy.  Mr.  Davis  went 
from  Colorado  to  Goldfield  with  the  first  rush,  and  from 
the  start  his  operations  were  successful.  His  first  fortu- 
nate venture  was  the  location  and  discovery  of  the  Sand- 
storm Bonanza,  which  gave  him  the  name  of  Sand- 
storm Davis.  In  the  early  days  of  this  mine's  history 
a  quarter  of  a  million  dollars  were  taken  out.  When  the 
excitement  of  Bullfrog  lured  many  of  the  Goldfield  men 
to  try  their  luck  in  the  southern  camps,  he  prospected 
there  and  secured  100  acres  of  rich  mineral  ground  which 
is  now  the  property  of  the  Bullfrog  Gold  Bar  Mining 
Company,  one  of  the  most  promising  of  that  district.  This 
property  has  nearly  four  millions  blocked  out,  and  with 
the  completion  of  a  mill  will  become  a  great  wealth  pro- 
ducer. Mr.  Davis  has  always  had  active  management 
of  it. 


101  .. 


JAMES  K. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


Following  the  selection  of  the  property  in  Bullfrog, 
Mr.  Davis  secured  the  property  of  the  Great  Bend  Min- 
ing Company  near  Diamondfield.  At  this  time  the  prop- 
erty was  undeveloped,  but  now  the  company  has  exten- 
sive workings.  Much  high  grade  ore  has  already  been 
shipped.  Next,  following,  was  the  purchase  of  the 
Round  Mountain  Sunnyside  Mine,  the  original  bonanza 
of  that  country.  Mr.  Davis  went  there  first  in  March, 
1906,  when  the  Manhattan  excitement  was  at  its  height. 
From  this  mine  have  come  the  richest  specimens  ever 
seen  in  Nevada,  and  it  has  produced  in  bullion  at  the  rate 
of  $50,000  a  month.  The  last  and  what  promises  to  be 
greatest  of  all,  is  the  Nevada  Hills,  in  which  he  is  one  of 
the  principal  owners,  and  in  the  short  time  Mr.  Da- 
vis has  been  interested  in  this  property,  the  progress 
has  been  so  marvelous  that  it  is  believed  it  will  be  not 
only  the  greatest  mine  of  the  Fairview  district,  but  one  of 
the  greatest  in  the  entire  state. 

Mr.  Davis  directed  the  affairs  of  the  Combination 
Fraction,  ground  which  has  already  produced  three  hun- 
dred thousand  dollars.  He  was  instrumental  in  turning 
the  great  Combination  into  the  big  merger  at  four  million 
dollars,  which  gives  himself  and  Mr.  Loftus  a  substantial 
interest  in  the  merger  and  makes  him  a  director  in  the 
Consolidated.  He  has  an  eighth  interest  in  the  quarter- 
million-dollar  Goldfield  hotel,  and  is  connected  with  va- 
rious other  enterprises,  which  are  making  of  Goldfield  a 
city  instead  of  a  camp. 

A  mining  venture  that  has  the  stamp  of  approval  of 
James  R.  Davis  upon  it  is  sure  of  hearty  supporters,  and 
the  name  of  Loftus  &  Davis  is  one  to  conjure  by.  As  a 
man  Mr.  Davis  is  honored  by  all  who  know  him.  He  is 
quiet  and  reserved,  except  to  those  who  know  him  best. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


THOMAS   G.  LOCKHART 


HERE  is  an  unassuming,  quiet-man- 
nered man  in  Nevada  who  does  not  talk 
much  of  himself  or  what  he  is  doing, 
but  he  is  the  man  to  keep  your  eye  on. 
His  name  is  Thomas  Lockhart  and  he 
has  done  things  in  the  mining  country 
that  have  made  the  population  of  Nevada  and  the  West 
stand  attention.  The  story  of  how  Tom  Lockhart  picked 
up  a  fortune  that  other  men  had  passed  by  is  a  tale  of  the 
desert  that  will  never  grow  old.  Here  it  is : 

Born  in  New  Jersey,  he  came  West  when  a  young  man 
to  work  as  a  brakeman  on  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad, 
but  the  lure  of  mining  soon  drew  him  away  from  his  rail- 
road occupation  and  twenty  years  ago  he  began  pros- 
pecting. He  was  in  Pioche  when  Tonopah  was  discov- 
ered. 

Tom  Lockhart  is  not  superstitious.  He  will  back  good 
sense  and  sound  judgment  against  prejudice  at  any  time, 
and  he  showed  this  by  locating  thirteen  claims  on  Friday. 
Future  developments  have  led  him  to  believe  that  Friday 
is  his  lucky  day  and  thirteen  his  fortune-bringing  num- 
ber. He  sold  his  claims  in  Tonopah  and  made  his  first 
big  stake.  At  the  beginning  of  the  excitement  in  Gold- 
field  he  threw  his  sleeping  blankets  on  a  freighter  and 
started  for  the  new  camp.  He  bought  several  good 
claims,  among  them  being  a  half  interest  in  the  Florence, 
believed  by  many  to  be  the  richest  mine  in  the  section. 

When  Lockhart  first  went  to  Tonopah  he  was  under  a 
grubstake  contract  to  A.  D.  Parker,  of  Denver.  When 
he  paid  $5,000  for  his  interest  in  the  Florence  the  "wise 
ones"  stood  by  and  addressed  him  as  "Mr.  Easymark"  and 


THOMAS  G.  LOCKHART 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


other  terms  of  a  similar  import.  But  Lockhart  went  to 
Denver  and  inquired  if  Parker  wanted  to  "come  in"  on 
the  purchase.  Parker  did,  and  the  property  has  been 
producing  good  round  dollars  ever  since. 

Mr.  Lockhart  owns  thd  Red  Rock  and  the  Fissure 
group,  which  he  bought  soon  after  he  made  the  purchase 
of  the  Florence.  He  is  holding  the  ground,  which,  in  his 
opinion,  is  marvelously  rich  and  which  he  would  not  dis- 
pose of  for  a  million  dollars.  He  is  president  of  the 
Jumbo  Extension  and  owns  a  controlling  interest  in  the 
property. 

Proving  that  Tom  Lockhart  was  destined  to  make  a 
fortune  in  spite  of  all  obstacles  is  the  story  of  his  partial 
venture  into  the  realms  of  the  brokerage  business.  He 
staked  a  broker  on  the  proposition  that  the  latter  knew  the 
brokerage  business,  while  Lockhart  understood  the  min- 
ing feature.  The  broker  proceeded  to  lose  $20,000  for 
Mr.  Lockhart,  and  the  only  thing  he  had  to  offer  in  lieu 
of  this  large  sum  of  good  money  was  a  block  of  Jumbo 
Extension  stock,  considered  at  that  time  a  rank  wild-cat 
proposition.  But  quiet  Tom  Lockhart  said  nothing,  just 
looked  over  the  property  of  Jumbo  extension  and  began  to 
buy  more  stock.  Once  more  he  drew  on  himself  the  ridi- 
cule of  those  who  thought  they  knew,  but  a  little  thing 
like  that  did  not  deter  him  in  the  least.  Now  he  could 
convert  his  holdings  into  cash  for  several  million  dollars. 

Throughout  his  operations  Mr.  Lockhart  has  had  the 
confidence  and  backing  of  A.  D.  Parker,  vice-president 
of  the  Colorado  &  Southern  Railroad. 

Lockhart  is  a  "rough  and  ready"  type  of  person.  He  has 
been  described  as  a  quiet,  unspoiled  man  who,  notwith- 
standing his  successful  quest  of  fortune,  is  still  the  same 
careful  little  man  he  was  when  living  on  a  grub-stake. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


GEORGE  WINGFIELD 


ESS  than  thirty  years  of  age  and  called 
the  Napoleon  of  Nevada  finance,  is 
George  Wingfield,  vice-president  of  the 
famous  Goldfield  Consolidated,  partner 
of  United  States  Senator  George  S. 
Nixon,  and  one  of  the  most  widely 
known  mining  men  in  the  world  today. 

George  Wingfield's  fortune  and  his  name  as  a  mining 
man  have  been  made  by  himself — the  result  of  good  busi- 
ness judgment,  ability  to  handle  men,  untiring  energy, 
and  to  quote  an  admiring  old  prospector,  "durn  fool 
luck." 

Most  of  the  early  part  of  George  Wingfield's  life  was 
spent  in  Oregon,  where  he  ran  the  gamut,  tackling  almost 
every  kind  of  occupation  known  to  the  man  of  the  front- 
ier town  from  punching  cattle  up  and  down  the  line. 

He  was  in  Nevada  before  the  days  of  the  sensational 
gold  discoveries  in  Tonopah,  and  went  to  that  camp  from 
Winnemucca.  He  was  practically  without  money  when 
he  landed  in  Tonopah,  and  it  was  there  that  he  made  his 
first  winning.  He  was  always  ready  to  take  a  chance, 
and  the  Goddess  of  Luck,  fickle  goddess  to  so  many, 
seemed  to  be  bestowing  her  bounty  on  him. 

Fresh  from  financial  successes  in  Tonopah,  he  arrived 
in  Goldfield  and  plunged  into  the  game.  Like  many  oth- 
ers who  have  won  fame  and  fortune  in  the  gold  land,  he 
made  his  first  Goldfield  money  from  a  block  of  Florence 
ground,  and  later  the  Mohawk,  the  Kendall,  the  Sand- 
storm, and  several  others  of  the  winners  contributed  their 
quota  to  his  bank  account.  The  money  that  he  put  into 
the  camp  came  back  to  him  many  fold.  Linked  with  his 


:: 


W, : 


GEORGE  WINGFIELD 


iw 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


name  became  that  of  the  Mohawk,  and  Mohawk  has 
been  the  magical  word  wherever  men  knew  of  the  exist- 
ence of  Nevada. 

It  was  in  the  big-  merger  which  made  the  great  Con- 
solidated of  some  of  the  best  properties  in  Goldfield,  that 
the  executive  ability  of  George  Wingfield  came  to  the  sur- 
face. What  men  had  guessed  about  him  before,  they 
proved;  today  his  business  moves  command  the  admira- 
tion of  Nevada. 

The;  Goldfield  Consolidated  Mines  Company,  known 
in  the  parlance  of  the  mining  man  and  the  stock  broker  as 
"The  Consolidated,"  controls  the  Mohawk,  Red  Top, 
January,  Jumbo,  and  Laguna,  and  Mr.  Wingfield  and  his 
associates  always  keep  on  the  alert  for  other  properties. 
It  is  a  five  million  dollar  corporation,  and  is  almost  as 
famous  abroad  as  it  is  at  home.  The  Mohawk  alone  has 
produced  more  gold  in  less  time  from  the  smallest  acre- 
age of  ground,  than  any  mine  in  the  world.  Ten  million 
dollars  in  eight  months  tells  the  story  in  language  that  is 
substantial — all  from  a  block  of  ground  less  than  three 
acres  in  size. 

And  the  Mohawk  is  only  one  of  the  properties  of  the 
Consolidated. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


A.  D.  MYERS 

O  two  men,  Al  Myers  and  Tom  Murphy, 
Goldfield  owes  her  present  location— 
and  this  is  not  more  than  one  little  part 
of  what  she  owes  to  these  same  men. 

Possessed  of  blankets  and  burros  and 
and  bacon  bought  with  money  borrowed 
from  friends  in  Tonopah,  these  two  partners  went  into 
what  is  now  the  heart  of  the  Goldfield  district.  Went  and 
saw  and  conquered,  made  a  fortune  and  paved  the  way 
for  many  men  to  reap  golden  harvests. 

Al  Myers  had  been  working  around  Tonopah  looking 
for  the  golden  opportunity  but  not  finding  it,  when  he 
suddenly  made  up  his  mind  that  he  would  go  farther 
afield,  and  see  what  fortune  would  do  for  him.  He  started 
out  with  high  hopes,  but  little  did  he  guess  how  great 
would  be  the  fulfillment  of  them. 

Everyone  who  has  ever  heard  of  Goldfield  knows  the 
result  of  that  trip.  Everyone  who  has  ever  heard  of 
Goldfield  knows  of  the  Mohawk,  and  the  names  of  Al 
Myers  and  the  Mohawk  are  almost  synonymous. 

The  Mohawk  made  Goldfield  famous.  Even  before  the 
Mohawk  there  was  the  Combination  Fraction,  which  was 
sold  to  L.  L.  Patrick  for  $75,000,  and  made  a  fortune  for 
Mr.  Patrick  and  his  associates.  Other  claims  were  located 
which  are  now  worth  millions  of  dollars. 

Al  Myers'  first  camp  was  at  Rabbit  Springs,  and  every 
morning  he  and  his  partner  struck  off  over  the  sage-brush 
for  the  diggings.  Always  they  had  their  eyes  open  for 
developable  water,  and  when  they  saw  signs  of  it  at  what 
is  now  the  corner  of  Main  and  Myers  streets,  Goldfield, 
they  dug  a  well.  Around  this  well  the  town  of  Goldfield 


no 


A.  D.  MYERS 


111 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


was  built.  When  news  of  the  strike  which  these  two 
prospectors  made  went  out  to  the  world  and  brought  other 
money-seeking  men  from  Tonopah  and  various  other 
sections  of  the  country,  the  new-comers  pitched  their  tents 
around  the  well. 

Al  Myers  has  made  a  fortune  for  himself  and  fortunes 
for  many  other  men.  He  sold  the  bulk  of  his  interest  in 
Mohawk  when  that  stock  was  less  than  one-fourth  the 
figure  at  which  it  was  later  quoted,  and  even  at  that  he 
made  a  fortune  from  it.  Today  he  has  interests  all  over 
the  state,  and  he  still  sticks  close  to  mining.  He  is  gen- 
erally loved  by  all  who  know  him,  square  to  the  core, 
good-hearted,  genial,  vigorous,  strong  and  generous.  He 
has  the  spirit  of  the  gambler,  and  is  willing  to  take  long 
chances,  but  he  also  has  a  good  business  head,  and  in  his 
case  the  combination  has  been  a  happy  one. 

Mr.  Myers  spends  much  of  his  time  in  Goldfield,  and 
has  a  beautiful  home  at  Long  Beach,  near  Los  Angeles, 
where  he  counts  his  friends  in  almost  as  great  numbers 
as  in  Nevada. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


J.  H.  MACMILLAN 

SK  anyone  who  is  the  best  good  fellow 
in  Goldfield  and  "Harry  Macmillan," 
will  be  the  name  you  will  hear.  It  is 
just  as  Harry  or  "Mac"  that  those  who 
love  him  know  him.  Mr.  Macmillan 
says  that  he  has  but  one  thing  in  his 
life  to  be  proud  of,  and  that  he  is  the  son  of  his  father. 
Judge  J.  H.  Macmillan,  Sr.,  was  for  many  years  leader 
of  the  Democratic  party  in  Nevada,  and  a  man  of  power ; 
he  was  an  attorney  who  occupied  the  front  rank  in  his 
profession,  but  was  also  interested  in  mining,  so  his  son 
inherited  his  taste  for  it. 

Harry  Macmillan  was  born  in  Unionville,  a  mining 
camp  of  early  days,  sixty  miles  from  the  present  camp 
of  Rosebud.  He  is  a  reformed  newspaper  man.  He  was 
news  editor  of  the  Anaconda  Standard  in  Montana  for 
several  years  and  edited  the  first  Goldfield  daily  paper. 
Before  long  his  mining  interests  became  so  heavy  it  was 
necessary  for  him  to  leave  the  paper. 

He  and  his  associates  now  control  the  Chipmunk  Gold- 
mining  Company,  of  Manhattan ;  the  Original  Green- 
water  Gold  Mining  Company ;  the  Mohawk  Jumbo  Lease 
Company  of  Goldfield,  and  the  Mohawk  Kewana  Lease 
Company  of  Goldfield. 

The  pronounced  success  of  The  J.  H.  Macmillan  Co. 
promotions  and  the  Mohawk  Jumbo  Lease  Company,  one 
of  the  heaviest  producers  of  the  Goldfield  District,  has 
been  most  gratifying  to  all  who  have  been  connected  with 
it.  The  leasers  struck  high  grade  ore  on  March  17,  1907, 
and  the  mine  has  continued  a  production  of  $250,000  a 
month  since  that  time.  Mr.  Macmillan  is  associated  with 


J.  H.  MACMILLAN 


114 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


George  B.  Holleran  in  the  organization  known,  as  The 
J.  H.  Macmillan  Company  and  the  Mohawk-Jumbo  Lease 
Company,  and  is  interested  with  Malcolm  L.  Macdonald 
in  various  mining  adventures. 

Mr.  Macmillan  is  one  of  the  most  successful  young 
business  men  in  Nevada.  He  has  the  biggest  heart  im- 
aginable, the  kindest  smile,  the  most  cordial  handclasp, 
and  the  greatest  capacity  for  finding  little  things  to  do  to 
make  other  people  happy.  His  "streak  of  Yellow  Jour- 
nalism," as  his  friends  call  his  big  touring  car,  is  al- 
ways in  use  where  it  will  give  most  pleasure. 

It  was  in  February,  1905,  that  Harry  Macmillan  first 
arrived  in  Goldfield,  and  at  that  time  he  had  little  thought 
for  anything  but  newspaper  work,  though  a  thorough 
knowledge  of  mining  gained  in  his  boyhood  days  served 
him  well  when  he  finally  determined  to  devote  all  his 
attention  to  the  search  for  the  magic  metal.  There  are 
none  who  begrudge  Harry  Macmillan  the  success  which 
he  has  earned.  He  did  much  to  spread  the  good  tidings 
about  the  camp  when  it  was  a  very  young  infant,  and  since 
he  has  gone  out  of  the  newspaper  field  he  has  not  for- 
gotten the  boosting  habit.  "The  old  adage,  "Truth  is 
stranger  than  fiction"  has  always  been  his  policy  concern- 
ing Goldfield,  and  he  believes  that  the  best  thing  which 
can  be  done  for  Nevada  is  to  tell  the  truth  about  her 
mines. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


GEORGE   B.  HOLLERAN 


BOUT  twelve  years  ago  in  an  Idaho 
towi  a  group  of  young  men  were  gath- 
ered around  a  table  in  a  German  raths- 
kelh  r  winding  up  a  busy  day  with  a  lit- 
tle jollification.  Two  old  prospectors, 
tirea  and  cold  and  penniless,  walked 
into  the  place  and  dropped  their  packs  on  the  floor.  They 
stood  in  one  corner  of  the  room  alone  and  looked  de- 
cidedly down  on  their  luck. 

One  young  fellow  noticing  their  dejected  and  worn 
faces  offered  a  cheery  greeting  to  them  to  join  the  party. 
He  did  not  guess  that  invitation  would  change  the  whole 
course  of  his  life  work,  but  such  was  the  case.  George 
B.  Holleran  from  that  day  became  a  miner.  So  touched 
were  the  men  by  the  cordial  greeting  at  a  time  when 
the  \vhole  world  seemed  to  be  trying  to  see  how  hard  it 
could  kick  them,  that  they  became  fast  friends  of  Mr. 
Holleran.  He  was  in  the  government  land  office  at  that 
time,  and  he  began  his  mining  operations  from  that  point 
at  first,  but  later  gave  up  all  other  work  to  devote  his  at- 
tention to  the  ever  fascinating  search  for  gold. 

He  mined  in  various  parts  of  Idaho  for  several  years, 
and  when  he  came  to  Goldfield  it  was  to  look  after  some 
interests  acquired  while  still  in  Idaho.  In  payment  of  a 
debt  he  received  the  lease  on  the  Mohawk-Jumbo,  which 
has  since  made  a  fortune  for  himself  and  Harry  McMil- 
lan of  the  J.  H.  McMillan  Company,  and  the  two  men 
became  partners.  Mr.  Macrnillanj  says  that  the  heavy 
product  and  excellent  returns  of  this  lease  are  due  entirely 
to  the  management  of  George  B.  Holleran,  who  with 
Superintendent  Bob  Dooley  made  it  possible  for  the  lease 
to  pay  its  heavy  dividend. 


GEORGE  B.  HOLLERAN 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


DR.  DELOS  ASHLEY  TURNER 

HERE  are  few  men  who  know  the  actual 
hardships  of  pioneer  life  in  a  mining 
camp  as  does  the  camp  physician.  He 
rights  every  form  of  disease  under  con- 
ditions that  are  almost  impossible  to 
combat . 

Dr.  Delos  Ashley  Turner  went  to  Goldfield  with  the 
vanguard.  He  opened  an  office  in  a  tent  and  from  ther-f 
he  traveled  all  over  the  southern  section  of  the  district 
to  bring  help  to  sick  miners  and  their  families.  He  has 
ridden  on  horseback  over  sixty  miles  many  a  night  to 
save  some  sick  prospector.  He  is  a  young  man  in  love 
with  his  work,  full  of  energy;  possessed  of  a  big  heart, 
of  frank,  blunt  nature  which  has  made  him  some  enemies 
and  won  him  more  friends  than  any  one  in  camp,  and 
six  feet  five  inches  of  stature. 

The  son  of  a  Nevada  pioneer,  he  was  born  in  Pioche, 
Lincoln  County,  December  9,  1878. 

His  boyhood  days  were  spent  in  that  old  mining  camp 
and  from  there  he  went  to  the  University  of  Illinois, 
where  he  graduated  in  1901.  He  became  railroad  sur- 
geon for  the  Oregon  Short  Line  for  a  brief  time  and 
later  surgeon  for  the  Salt  Lake  Road  with  jurisdiction 
over  Utah  and  Nevada.  He  has  been  County  Physician 
since  December,  1904,  and  has  had  charge  of  the  County 
Hospital  since  that  was  organized.  In  February,  1905, 
he  was  made  District  Health  Officer,  and  upon  organiza- 
tion of  the  County  Board  of  Health,  he  became  its  presi- 
dent. 

All  the  time  he  has  been  engaged  in  practicing  Dr. 
Turner  has  been  interested  in  mining,  and  many  a  pros- 
pector has  looked  to  him  for  a  grubstake. 


f 


I 


Photo  by  Viola  Frank  Gould 
DR.  DELOS  ASHLEY  TURNER 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


^> 


DR.  W.  K.  ROBINSON 

T  MAY  be  a  far  cry  from  the  practice 
of  medicine  to  the  successful  operation 
of  large  mining  properties,  but  Dr.  W. 
K.  Robinson  has  taken  the  step  with  a 
leap  and  a  bound,  and  he  has  landed  on 
level  ground.  "Little  Florence"  Robin- 
son, as  the  big  doctor  has  been  called  by  his  friends  since 
the  Little  Florence  Lease  has  been  turning  out  a  fortune 
for  him,  had  no  intention  of  becoming  a  miner  a  few 
years  ago.  He  was  born  in  Baltimore  in  1870,  and  was 
graduated  from  the  Maryland  University,  later  doing 
post-graduate  work  in  Johns  Hopkins.  The  practice  of 
his  profession  led  him  to  Denver,  and  like  most  of  the 
other  men  who  go  into  a  mining  country,  he  had  not  been 
long  there  before  he  became  interested  in  ore  properties 
all  over  Colorado.  From  Denver  he  came  to  Goldfield 
early  in  the  spring  of  1905,  and  for  a  brief  time  it  was  to 
medicine  that  the  doctor  devoted  all  his  energy.  Here, 
as  in  Colorado,  the  thought  of  the  golden  treasure  hidden 
in  the  hills  lured  him  to  the  search  for  it,  and  he  turned 
his  attention  to  leasing.  With  George  Vickers  as  his 
associate  he  secured  a  lease  from  Tom  Lockhart  on  Flor- 
ence ground  and  organized  the  Little  Florence  Mining 
Company,  of  which  he  is  vice-president  and  manager  with 
Mr.  Vickers.  This  property  has  been  producing  $100,000 
a  week.  Day  and  night  150  men  have  been  working 
underground  and  the  leasers'  record  has  been  one  that 
will  long  be  remembered  in  the  history  of  Nevada.  Dr. 
Robinson  is  also  president  of  the  Victor  Wonder  Com- 
pany at  Wonder,  Nevada,  and  was  organizer  of  the  Mo- 
hawk Florence  Company  and  the  Iron  Cap  in  the  Monte- 
zuma  District. 


120 


DR.  W.  K.  ROBINSON 


121 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


W.  H.  CLARK 


OLDFIELD'S  five  hundred  residents  in 
August,  1904,  remember  an  animal  re- 
sembling a  horse,  harnessed  to  a  rough 
wooden  cart  with  ropes  and  bailing 
wire,  and  driven  by  a  genial  man  with  a 
kindly  smile  fringed  with  gray  whisk- 
ers and  a  head  not  overstocked  with  hair.  The  man 
came  among  them  unheralded,  set  up  his  little  tent  and 
went  to  work.  Each  morning  he  started  off  over  the  hills 
and  each  evening  he  returned  to  cook  his  potatoes.  Some 
wit  noticing  his  beard  called  him  "Dad,"  and  "Dad"  he 
has  remained  ever  since.  Clark  is  his  name  and  W.  H. 
were  his  initials  which  served  to  identify  him  in  Colo- 
rado, Idaho  and  Utah  where  he  mined  for  twenty  years 
before  coming  to  Goldfield.  In  Goldfield  they  will  have 
nothing  but  "Dad"  Clark. 

That  was  three  years  ago.  Today,  the  little  old  cart 
is  not.  and  the  tent  and  the  whiskers  have  also  been  rele- 
gated to  the  resting  place  of  antiquities. 

The  erstwhile  owner  of  them  is  considered  one  of  the 
most  prominent  operators  of  the  state.  He  has  made 
money  ever  since  his  first  day  in  the  sagebrush  land. 
With  some  of  the  very  best  properties  in  the  district  his 
name  is  identified,  and  his  run  of  good  luck  has  been  long 
and  strong. 

Mr.  Clark  believes  that  the  man  who  mines  must  take 
the  gambler's  chance.  He  plays  for  high  stakes  and 
works  on  the  theory  that  for  every  success  there  must  be 
many  failures.  He  was  born  in  Tekamah,  Nebraska,  in 
1862  and  his  boyhood  days  were  spent  in  that  section  of 
the  country. 


57.? 


W.  H.  CLARK 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


L.  L.  PATRICK 

HE  story  of  the  purchase  of  the  famous 
Combination  Mine  and  the  story  of  the 
advent  of  L.  L.  Patrick  into  Goldfield 
are  one  and  the  same — a  story  that  only 
a  second  Goldfield  could  duplicate. 

It  was  in  1902  that  L.  L.  Patrick 
first  set  foot  on  Nevada  soil,  landing  in  Tonopah  almost 
at  the  beginning  of  the  excitement  there,  later  going  to 
Goldfield  with  the  makers  of  the  camp.  On  October  9, 
1904,  Mr.  'Patrick  secured  an  option  on  the  Combination 
Mine  from  Al  Myers,  T.  D.  Murphy  and  Harry  Ram- 
sey. The  Chicago  backers  were  slow  putting  up  their 
money,  and  in  the  meantime  Mr.  Patrick  went  to  George 
Wingfield  and  T.  L.  Oddie  and  made  an  arrangement 
by  which  they  were  to  take  it  up.  Another  person  learn- 
ing the  value  of  the  mine,  approached  both  these  men 
with  a  proposition  to  cut  the  wires  and  throw  the  option 
into  their  hands.  They  refused,  and  one  hour  before  the 
money  was  due  the  first  $5000  arrived.  Within  thirty 
days  enough  ore  had  been  taken  out  to  pay  the  full  $75,- 
ooo;  to  set  $80,000  aside  for  development  and  to  pay 
the  first  dividend.  Since  then  the  mine  has  paid  $1,000- 
ooo  in  dividends,  and  when  sold  to  the  Consolidated 
brought  $5.000,000. 

L.  L.  Patrick,  who  was  born  in  St.  Louis,  brought  to 
Nevada  an  education  gained  in  the  Washington  Univer- 
sity and  School  of  Mines,  supplemented  by  much  active 
mining  experience. 

He  has  been  prominent  from  the  start  in  the  develop- 
ment of  Goldfield,  and  today  is  interested  in  the  Bullfrog 
National  Bank,  Diamondfield  Black  Butte,  Consolidated 
and  many  other  properties. 


114 


L.  L.  PATRICK 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


MILTON  M.  DETCH 


VERYBOD Y  boost ;  nobody  knock,  has 
been  the  motto  of  Goldfield  from  the  day 
of  its  inception,  and  a  prince  of  boosters 
is  Milton  M.  Detch,  of  the  law  firm  of 
Detch  &  Carney.  There  has  not  been 
a  single  movement  for  the  betterment  of 
the  camp  and  its  interests  in  which  Milton  Detch  has  not 
played  a  part,  and  in  most  of  them  he  has  been  the  leader. 
He  came  to  Goldfield  from  Colorado  in  the  early  days  of 
the  camp,  opened  his  office  in  a  tent,  used  a  cracker  box 
for  a  chair,  fried  his  bacon  on  a  sheet-iron  camp  stove 
over  a  bunch  of  sagebrush,  and  washed  his  tin  cup  as  did 
the  other  men  of  the  time. 

There  had  not  long  been  mines  in  Goldfield  before  thero 
came  litigation,  and  Milton  Detch  and  his  partner,  Pat 
Carney,  were  early  on  hand  to  do  their  share  in  settling 
the  disputes.  Mr.  Detch  started  the  Goldfield  Board 
of  Trade,  which  later  became  the  Goldfield  Chamber  of 
Commerce,  and  was  one  of  the  originators  of  the  Gold- 
field  Mining  Stock  Exchange.  When  social  life  became 
a  necessity  for  the  men  of  the  camp  he  helped  to  bring 
them  together  to  form  the  Montezuma  Club,  which  is 
now  known  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific.  He  was  one 
of  those  who  took  a  prominent  part  in  forming  the  Gold- 
field  Volunteer  Fire  Department,  which  has  many  times 
saved  the  town  from  destruction.  Nature  seems  to  have 
endowed  him  with  a  capacity  for  organizing  and  direct- 
ing the  affairs  of  men,  and  he  has  brought  a  large  amount 
of  money  into  the  camp  for  investment.  He  is  accounted 
by  all  a  jolly  good  fellow,  and  visitors  from  all  parts  of 
the  world  have  enjoyed  his  hospitality  and  gone  away 
praising  Goldfield. 


128 


MILTON  M.  DETCH 


12? 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


HENRY  WEBER 

NTO  the  state  on  a  brakebeam,  and  out 
again  in  a  big  touring  car  gives  the  entre 
and  exit  of  Henry  Weber.  It  only  hints 
at  all  that  must  have  passed  in  the  in- 
terim, nor  would  a  dozen1)  pages  of 
"Who's  Who"  suffice  to  tell  the  whole 
truth.  Since  then  Henry  Weber  has  written  the  name  of 
Goldfield  upon  the  Atlantic  coast  and  upon  the  Pacific, 
and  he  has  left  a  trail  of  Boosters  for  Nevada,  all  across 
the  continent.  He  is  one  of  the  men  who  has  helped 
to  place  the  camp  on  the  map  in  letters  of  gold,  and  he 
will  help  to  keep  her  there. 

It  was  in  the  early  days  of  Goldfield  that  he  came  with 
the  first  big  rush  from  Tonopah.  He  had  in  the  few 
years  of  his  life  done  almost  everything  that  a  self-re- 
specting, adventurous  and  energetic  young  man  could  do, 
so  the  life  on  the  desert  was  no  new  thing  to  him.  He 
saw  a  great  field  of  opportunities  before  him,  and  he 
stretched  out  his  hand  and  gathered  them  in.  In  the 
early  days  he  was  associated  with  Marvin  Ish  and  later 
promoted  several  successes  for  himself — witness  thereof, 
the  Atlanta,  Goldfield  Oro,  Great  Bend  Annex,  and  many 
others.  Henry  Wreber  was  born  in  Wisconsin,  and  has 
tried  the  mining  game  in  nearly  every  state  in  the  West. 
Today  his  interests  are  not  confined  to  Goldfield,  but  are 
scattered  in  every  direction.  He  is  an  energetic  young 
man  with  a  personality  that  makes  friends  rapidly,  and 
wins  the  confidence  of  business  associates. 


\  •  --. 


HENRY    WEBER 


129 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


J.  F.  DOUGLAS 

ROMINENT  among  the  factors  which 
change  a  sagebrush  waste  into  a  hus- 
tling, bustling  mining  city,  is  the  hotel 
man.  Some  men  are  born  successful 
hotel  men,  and  others  are  made  so  by 
long  years  of  experience,  but  J.  F. 
Douglas,  lawyer,  miner,  manager  of  the  new  Goldfield 
hotel,  and  one  of  the  most  popular  fellows  in  camp,-  be- 
came a  hotel  man  by  chance. 

Mr.  Douglas  was  born  in  Franktown,  Nev.  He  re- 
ceived his  college  education  at  Berkeley,  read  law  in  Cali- 
fornia, and  in  the  winter  of  1905  came  to  Goldfield  and 
began  the  practice  of  his  profession. 

When  the  old  Goldfield  hotel  became  involved  in  Feb- 
ruary, 1906,  Mr.  Douglas  was  attorney  for  the  bank 
to  which  the  hotel  company  was  in  debt.  He  bought  the 
hotel  himself,  and  managed  it  with  much  success  until  the 
following  November  when  it  was  reduced  to  ruin  by  fire. 

The  fire  only  served  to  stimulate  Mr.  Douglas  to 
larger  efforts  and  he  interested  seven  capitalists  in  a  plan 
to  build  a  hotel  to  cost  not  less  than  a  quarter  of  a  million 
dollars.  Work  on  this  building  was  begun  December  i, 
1906,  and  the  opening  date  was  set  for  Christmas  day  of 
the  following  year. 

The  hotel  is  built  of  stone  and  brick,  four  stories  high, 
and  has  two  hundred  rooms.  The  furniture  was  pur- 
chased in  Chicago  at  a  cost  of  $40,000.  The  house  is 
provided  with  all  the  modern  conveniences  to  be  found 
in  a  hotel  on  Broadway,  New  York,  and  is  considered 
one  of  the  marvels  of  the  desert. 

The  young  hotel  manager  is  a  member  of  the  law  firm 
of  Pyne  &  Douglas,  and  is  also  secretary  and  treasurer 
of  the  Combination  Fraction  Mining  Company. 


J.  F   DOUGLAS 


191 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


J.  C.  McCORMACK 

HAVING  Boulder,  Colorado,  and  a  com- 
fortable home  in  the  midst  of  pleasant 
scenes,  and  surrounded  by  loyal  friends, 
but  bringing  with  him  an  extensive  and 
successful  mining  experience  gained  in 
Cripple  Creek,  Mexico,  and  other 
places,  J.  C,  McCormack  joined  the  pioneer  colony  at 
Goldfield  while  the  town  was  yet  in  the  primeval  state. 

His  transplanted  success  began  almost  immediately  to 
bring  forth  fruit.  Those  were  the  days  in  which  trans- 
actions, involving  thousands,  were  made  'twixt  morn 
and  noon,  but  he  had  been  in  mining  camps  before,  in 
the  heyday  of  their  beginning,  and  understood  the  value 
of  time. 

Having  quickly  made  his  place  as  a  mining  man  se- 
cure in  Goldfield,  when,  in  a  few  weeks  the  discoveries 
at  Rhyolite  beckoned  the  argonauts  of  fortune  to  come 
on,  he  was  in  the  rush  and  secured  by  purchase  some  of 
the  most  valuable  properties  there. 

With  the  galvanizing  into  new  life  of  Nevada,  and  the 
rich  discoveries  in  many  places,  he  worked  fast,  and  with 
unerring  judgment,  and  became  interested  in  nearly  all 
of  the  new  camps  of  the  state,  including  Goldfield,  Rhyo- 
lite, Transvaal,  Gold  Mountain,  Ramsay,  and  Fairview. 

Mr.  McCormack  was  to  the  manner  born,  and  is  by 
instinct  and  training,  a  mine  worker,  and  a  captain  of 
men ;  commanding  in  appearance  and  easily  a  leader 
among  his  fellows ;  splendid  in  executive  ability,  he  ob- 
tains the  hearty  good-will  of  the  men  employed.  A  suite 
of  offices  are  maintained  in  the  Nixon  building,  at  Gold- 
field.  His  home  on  Crook  street,  is  one  of  simple  ele- 
gance and  genial  hospitality. 


132 


J.  C.   McCORMACK 


Photo  by  Palace  Studio 


133 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


HARRY   C.   STIMLER 


HE  man  who  discovered  Goldfield  is 
Harry  Stimler.  No  more  interesting 
story  can  be  imagined  than  that  of  this 
young  seeker  of  fortune.  He  was  born 
in  Belmont  less  than  thirty  years  ago, 
and  to  date  his  life  has  been  spent  along 
the  frontier.  He  was  one  of  the  first  men  in  Tonopah 
when  the  rush  to  that  camp  began,  and  realizing  that  food 
probably  would  be  scarce  he  hauled  overland  a  big  wagon  - 
load  of  provisions.  This  he  distributed  to  the  hungry 
miners.  If  they  could  pay,  well  and  good;  if  not,  they 
were  fed  anyway.  He  staked  a  number  of  claims,  pros- 
pected, dug  with  pick,  suffered  with  the  rest,  but  always 
there  remained  with  him  the  determination  to  win.  As 
Tonopah  expanded  he  believed  there  was  wealth  to  the 
south.  Accompanied  by  William  Marsh,  he  started  for 
the  land  of  promise  and  camped  on  the  side  of  Colum- 
bia Mountain.  From  the  rich  outcroppings  they  saw,  the 
men  judged  there  must  be  wealth  untold.  The  Sandstorm 
Mine  is  the  result.  Harry  Stimler  collected  some  sam- 
ples, had  them  assayed  in  Tonopah,  and  the  report  con- 
firmed his  early  judgment.  In  December,  1902,  he  staked 
the  Sandstorm,  May  Queen,  Nevada  Boy  and  Columbia 
Mountain. 

From  that  time  until  today  Harry  Stimler  has  been  one 
of  the  most  indefatigable  workers  in  Nevada.  His  opera- 
tions have  been  extended  to  other  sections  and  his  finan- 
cial returns  have  been  large.  A  less  energetic  man  would 
have  given  up  in  despair  before  the  obstacles  that  have 
confronted  him. 


is* 


HARRY  C.  STIMLER 


135 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


C.  B.  HIGGINSON 

B.  HIGGINSON,  partner  of  Harry 
Stimler's  in  the  firm  of  Stimler  &  Hig- 
ginson,  brokers  and  promoters,  is  from 
Missouri,  originally.  Being  a  native  of 
the  "show  me"  state  he  has  something 
of  that  element  in  his  character,  but 
while  willing  to  be  "shown"  at  all  times,  he  has  been  even 
more  successful  in  "showing"  others  how  fortunes  are 
made  in  Nevada.  He  is  essentially  a  miner.  His  experi- 
ence has  been  wide  and  varied  and  he  knows  the  mineral 
belts  of  the  western  country  as  well  as  any  man.  He  is 
a  pioneer  in  the  Golclfield  and  Tonopah  districts,  and  has 
located  and  developed  many  rich  claims.  He  was  in  Dela- 
amar  at  the  time  of  the  rush  to  Tonopah,  and  came  in  a 
hurry  when  he  heard  the  news.  After  the  discovery  of 
Goldfield  he  was  soon  on  the  ground  and  staked  part  of 
the  Jumbo  Extension,  Gold  Bar,  Simerone,  Vernal,  Black 
Butte,  and  other  promising  claims. 

His  extensive  interests  in  many  rich  groups  have 
brought  him  wealth  and  fame,  and  he  has  made  it  possi- 
ble for  others  to  reap  a  golden  harvest. 

The  firm  of  Stimler  &  Higginson  has  been  back  of 
some  of  the  fine  properties  in  the  state.  Associated  with 
them  at  various  times  have  been  notable  figures  in  the 
development  of  Nevada,  among  them  James  L.  Butler, 
discoverer  of  the  Tonopah  mines,  and  J.  C.  Humphrey, 
discoverer  of  Manhattan. 

The  firm's  interests  have  extended  over  the  greater 
part  of  the  southern  end  of  the  state:  Goldfield,  Man- 
hattan, Bullfrog,  Tonopah,  Palmetto,  Silver  Peak,  Kawich 
Mountains,  Wild  Horse,  Death  Valley  Milletts,  and  Clif- 
ford. 


136 


C.  B.  HIGGINSON 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


A.  A.  CODD 

OLDFIELD'S  wonderful  growth  from 
a  struggling  mining  camp  to  a  city  has 
not  been  at  the  expense  of  the  cause  of 
education.  Here  has  been  built  up  a 
system  of  schools  the  equal  of  any  in 
other  towns  of  its  size,  and  this  is  due 
in  great  part  to  one  man,  A.  A.  Codd,  deputy  district 
mining  recorder,  prominent  broker,  and  clerk  of  the 
board  of  education.  It  is  not  in  educational  work  alone 
that  Mr.  Codd's  influence  for  good  has  been  felt  in  Gold- 
field,  but  in  all  lines  of  action  that  make  for  the  better- 
ment of  the  community. 

Mr.  Codd  is  a  native  son  of  California,  and  spent  the 
early  part  of  his  life  in  the  land  of  oranges,  attending 
the  public  schools  of  Riverside  and  later  taking  a  thor- 
ough business  course  in  Stockton.  From  1900  to  1904 
he  was  head  cashier  for  the  San  Francisco  branch  of 
Studebaker  Bros,  manufacturing  company. 

His  advent  into  Goldfield  was  made  late  in  1904  upon 
the  invitation  of  his  old  friend  and  college  chum,  Claude 
M.  Smith,  who  had  been  the  district  mining  recorder  of 
the  Goldfield  district  since  its  organization  in  1903.  Mr. 
Codd  was  appointed  chief  deputy  and  since  that  time  he 
has  been  the  deputy  district  mining  recorder  of  Gold- 
field,  the  largest  mining  district  in  the  United  States. 
During  the  years  1904-5  fifty  to  seventy-five  location 
certificates  a  day  were  not  unusual  records.  He  is  one 
of  the  most  reliable  brokers  of  Goldfield. 

Mr.  Codd  was  married  to  Miss  Susan  R.  Patterson, 
of  Stockton,  in  1897,  and  their  cosy  Goldfield  home  is  the 
center  of  a  charming  life. 


130 


A.   A.  CODD 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


JOHN  TILTON  DONNELLAN 

HE  eastern  tenderfoot  who  comes  West 
expecting  to  find  in  the  mining  camps 
little  civilization  and  few  men  of  educa- 
tion has  a  surprise  in  store  for  him. 
There  is  no  city  in  America  of  the  same 
size  as  Goldfield  or  Tonopah  which  has 
so  many  college-bred  men,  and  the  marvelous  growth  of 
all  the  mining  camps  of  Southern  Nevada  is  a  good  argu- 
ment in  favor  of  a  college  education.  That  a  man  is  better 
and  more  efficient  with  a  college  education  than  he 
would  be  without  it  seems  to  be  proved  by  the  efficiency 
of  Goldfield  citizens,  where  the  college  men  are  among 
the  leaders  in  even  thing. 

John  Donnellan,  a  Harvard  graduate  with  the  class  of 
'93,  is  typical  of  this  class.  He  brought  with  him  to  Gold- 
field  a  trained  mind  and  athletic  physique  and  a  conse- 
quent amount  of  energy  and  a  determination  to  succeed. 
In  Salt  Lake,  where  he  lived  for  a  time  after*  his  gradu- 
ation, he  was  in  the  brokerage  business,  and  it  was  natural 
that  he  should  take  up  the  same  line  of  work  in  Gold- 
field.  He  opened  a  brokerage  office,  installed  a  private 
wire  between  Goldfield  and  San  Francisco,  and  soon  had 
a  very  large  following.  He  promoted  the  Golden  Sceptre 
Mining  Company,  the  St.  Ives  and  several  other  proper- 
ties of  well  known  reputation.  He  and  his  associate,  J.  C. 
Robertson,  formerly  of  Norfolk,  Virginia,  are  also  inter- 
ested in  Fairview,  Wonder,  Yerington,  Round  Mountain 
and  Ramsey.  They  let  no  opportunity  pass  to  gain  :i 
good  property,  and  their  success  has  resulted  in  their  gain- 
ing the  confidence  of  those  who  have  had  deals  with  them. 
John  Donnellan  is  one  of  the  most  popular  men  in 
Goldfield.  He  is  a  big,  manly  fellow,  loved  and  honored 
by  his  associates. 


140 


JOHN   TILTON    DONNELLAN 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


WALTER   CORBALEY   STONE 


ALTER  STONE  is  considerable  of  a 
hustler.  This  may  be  due  in  part  to 
some  of  his  early  experiences  in  Gold- 
field.  Before  his  achievements  are  re- 
lated it  is  fitting  to  tell  of  his  entry  to 
Goldfield  and  what  befell  him  on  his 
arrival.  In  1904  he  took  a  trip  to  Tonopah  during-  his 
vacation.  He  decided  to  go  on  to  Goldfield,  but  as  the 
stage  bookings  were  all  filled  weeks  ahead,  there  was  noth- 
ing to  do  but  walk,  which  he  did.  He  piled  his  blankets  on 
a  freight  wagon  and  "hiked."  When  hd  reached  the 
townsite  of  Goldfield  he  cut  away  the  sagebrush  and 
pitched  his  tent.  Along  came  one  of  the  future  industries 
of  the  town  looking  for  a  site,  and  Mr.  Stone  obligingly 
moved  his  tent  to  another  location,  again  cut  away  the 
sagebrush  and  pitched  his  canvas.  Came  another  enter- 
prise looking  for  a  location,  Mr.  Stone  moved.  Again 
he  pitched  his  tent,  and  again  he  moved  out  of  the  path 
of  progress.  After  the  fourth  attempt  to  find  a  camping 
place  in  the  town,  he  said,  "Me  for  the  hilltops,"  and  be- 
took himself  to  the  heights.  But  by  some  chance  along 
came  the  water  company  and  decided  that  Stone's  loca- 
tion on  the  hill  was  the  best  place  in  that  part  of  the 
country  for  a  water  tank.  Always  obliging,  he  moved 
again  and  thereafter  was  left  in  peace. 

After  leaving  the  hill  he  bought  a  lot  on  the  main  street 
of  Goldfield  and  erected  a  building.  He  went  into  the 
mercantile  business,  opening  the  Exploration  Mercantile 
Company,  which  he  still  controls.  One  of  his  first  min- 
ing ventures  was  to  secure  a  controlling  interest  in  the 
Kalfus  Lease.  He  is  an  Elk  and  a  Shriner  and  a  prince 
of  good  fellows. 


Photo  by  Viola  Frank  Gould 


WALTER  C.  STONE 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


WEBB  H.  PARKINSON 


NERGETIC  young  brokers  have  done 
much  to  make  Goldfield  the  best  known 
mining  camp  in  the  world  today. 
Among  these  are  few  more  energetic 
than  Webb  H.  Parkinson,  who  is  the 
Goldfield  Investment  Company.  Webb 
Parkinson  came  to  Goldfield  first  in  1904,  and  at  that 
time  the  pick  and  the  pan  were  his  implements  of  trade. 
He  came  on  a  prospecting  trip  and  had  little  idea  of  en- 
tering the  brokerage  business.  He  was  born  in  Fort 
Worth,  Texas,  but  spent  his  boyhood  days  in  Colorado, 
so  he  was  early  associated  with  mining.  While  he  was 
too  young  to  work,  he  watched  the  miners  and  listened  to 
their  gold-hunting  stories.  When  he  was  fifteen  he  went 
into  the  mines  and  he  worked  through  Colorado,  Wyom- 
ing and  New  Mexico  until  he  went  to  Goldfield. 

In  the  fall  of  1905  he  decided  to  give  up  manual  labor, 
and  looked  around  for  a  wedge  by  which  he  might  break 
into  the  brokerage  business.  The  Goldfield  Investment 
Company  was  the  result,  and  though  in  the  beginning  Mr. 
Parkinson  was  not  the  whole  company  he  soon  became 
so.  He  is  one  of  the  most  energetic  traders  on  the  ex- 
change and  he  has  been  one  of  the  combatants  in  many 
memorable  word  battles  on  the  floor. 

He  holds  the  controlling  interest  in  the  Florence  Ex- 
tension, Black  Butte  Extension,  Black  Butte  Bonanza, 
Goldfield  Midnight  Pawnee,  the  Ruby  Gold  Mining  Com- 
pany, and  the  George  Washington.  He  has  branch  of- 
fices in  San  Francisco,  Stockton,  Chicago,  Los  Angeles 
and  New  York.  He  is  a  director  in  the  Goldfield  Mining 
Stock  Exchange  and  also  holds  a  seat  on  the  San  Fran- 
cisco Exchange. 


tow: 


WEBB    H.   PARKINSON 


145 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


HARRY  Vf.  BOYER 

oil  HE  wanderlust  that  drives  soldiers  of 
fortune  across  the  seven  seas  and  to  the 
far  corners  of  the  earth,  not  infrequently 
directs  them  to  Nevada,  the  land  of 
promise — and  fulfillment.  To  this  fact 
Harry  W.  Boyer,  of  the  firm  of  Boyer, 
Thomas  &  Co.,  can  bear  witness.  The  story  of  his  travels 
before  he  came  to  Goldfield  is  a  recital  of  ups  and  downs 
in  a  manly  struggle  for  success  that  might  well  adorn  a 
fiction  page. 

An  Ohioan,  born  in  Bryan,  Williams  County,  July  2, 
1862,  Mr.  Boyer  graduated  from  high  school  and  normal 
college  before  he  went  to  Leadville,  Colo.,  in  1880.  He 
clerked  for  a  year  in  a  general  merchandise  store  and  a 
year  later  went  to  New  Mexico,  where  he  be^an  min- 
ing. Florida  called  /him  in  1885,  and  with  his  part- 
ner he  bought  a  big  orange  plantation  and  other 
extensive  holdings.  Frosts  in  1886-7  injured  crops  and 
decreased  the  value  of  all  real  estate.  Realizing  what  he 
could  on  his  property  he  resumed  mining  with  varying 
success  in  Wyoming,  Montana  and  Idaho,  being  located 
in  the  Cceur  d'Alene  district  for  eight  years.  Longing 
again  for  the  West,  he  went  direct  to  Old  Mexico. 

Five  years  later  the  rush  to  Tonopah  and  Goldfield 
acted  as  a  call  of  the  wild  and  summoned  him  from  the 
land  of  the  Montezumas.  He  reached  Goldfield  in  Aug- 
ust, 1904, 

Mr.  Boyer  owns  mining  properties  in  Yerington,  Lun- 
ing,  Bullfrog  District,  Greenwater,  Lida,  Silver  Peak,  and 
last  but  by  no  means  least  in  Goldfield  and  the  immediate 
vicinitv. 


Photo  by  Viola  Frank  Gould 


HARRY    W.  BOYER 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


EVANS  WHITCOMB  THOMAS 


EVADA,  as  a  gold  producer,  has  a 
world-wide  reputation.  This  is  due  in 
great  part  to  enterprising  men  who  have 
proclaimed  far  and  wide  the  opportuni- 
ties for  investment  in  this  state.  A  man 
who  believes  thoroughly  in  Nevada  and 
its  possibilities  is  Evans  Whitcomb  Thomas,  of  Boyer, 
Thomas  &  Co. 

Mr.  Thomas  originally  came  from  the  East  as  did  many 
others  quick  to  see  the  advantages  of  the  West.  He 
was  born  in  Dixon,  Illinois,  March  19,  1860,  and  was 
graduated  from  the  University  of  Illinois  in  1882.  From 
1884  to  i8qi  Mr.  Thomas  held  positions  as  cashier  or 
president  of  national  banks  in  South  Dakota,  Texas  and 
Louisiana.  The  East  called  him  later,  and  he  traveled 
between  London  and  New  York  from  1891  to  1894,  being 
connected  with  big  banking  houses  in  the  two  great  cities. 
He  was  appointed  commissioner  to  the  Paris  Exposition 
in  1889,  and  from  1899  to  1906  he  was  in  the  banking 
and  brokerage  business  in  Philadelphia. 

Fitted  by  such  an  active  career  for  big  undertakings, 
Mr.  Thomas  came  to  Reno,  Nev.,  in  November,  1902. 
From  there  he  journeyed  through  Carson  City,  Haw- 
thorne, and  Candelaria  to  Silver  Peak,  arriving  in  Gold- 
field  May,  1906.  He  was  married  in  July,  1901,  to  Miss 
Helene  Lucas,  of  Mt.  Vernon,  N.  Y.  Mr.  Thomas  is 
interested  in  properties  at  Lida,  Silver  Peak,  Yerington 
and  other  sections.  The  firm  has  offices  in  New  York, 
Philadelphia,  Chicago,  San  Francisco,  Los  Angeles, 
Goldfield,  and  close  connections  with  European  cap- 
italists. 


E.   W.  THOMAS 


Photo  by  Viola  Frank  Gould 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


H.  B.  LIND 

EN  come  to  Goldfield  for  many  things. 
Lawyers  come  ostensibly  for  the  prac- 
tice of  their  profession,  but  sooner  or 
later  catch  the  gold  fever  and  thereafter 
there  is  little  but  mining  for  them. 

H.  B.  Lind  is  such  a  man.  Mr.  Lind 
came  to  Goldfield  equipped  for  the  practice  of  law.  He 
studied  in  Lake  Forest  University  in  Illinois,  and  prac- 
ticed actively  for  six  years  in  Chicago.  When  he  ar- 
rived in  Goldfield  in  the  pioneer  days  he  came  with  the 
intention  of  continuing  in  his  profession,  but  he  soon  took 
down  his  shingle  and  began  to  take  advantage  of  the  op- 
portunities around  him  in  the  mining  world.  Since  that 
time  to  the  credit  of  his  name  as  a  mining  man  and  the 
gratification  of  his  purse,  numerous  successful  mining 
deals  have  been  promoted  by  him. 

As  organizer  of  the  General  Extension  Mining  Com- 
pany, with  1 10  acres  of  well  situated  claims,  he  made  his 
first  great  mark.  He  organized  and  promoted  the  Vernal 
Mining  Company  of  Goldfield,  and  later  the  Nevada  Hills 
Extension  Mining  Company,  a  property  adjoining  the 
famous  Nevada  Hills  Mine  in  the  Fairview  District.  In 
the  Rosebud  Mining  District,  the  Ubehebe  Copper  District 
and  various  others  of  the  bonanza  camps  of  Nevada  he 
has  large  interests. 

In  the  social  and  business  life  of  the  camp,  Mr.  Lind 
has  been  active  since  his  arrival. 

Always  energetic,  always  full  of  faith  in  the  camp,  and 
always  ready  to  do  his  part  in  helping  along  any  work 
for  the  betterment  of  the  community,  Mr.  Lind  is  recog- 
nized as  a  man  whom  Goldfield  could  not  well  do  with- 
out. 


•;  :o 


H.  B.   LIND 


151 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


CHARLES  R.  MURDOCK 


HARLES  R.  MURDOCK,  mining  en- 
gineer,  speculator  and  mine  operator, 
was  born  in  Galesburg,  Illinois,  and 
graduated  from  Knox  College  with  the 
class  of  '88.  From  there  he  went  to 
California,  where  he  entered  a  mining 
school.  To  gain  practical  experience,  he  worked  as  a 
miner  for  some  of  the  big  corporations  of  Butte,  Nevada, 
Idaho  and  Colorado,  but  as  the  ambitious  man  can  not 
work  long  for  others,  and  work  with  contentment,  he 
soon  branched  away  from  day  labor  and  cast  his  lot  with 
the  men  of  the  pick,  who  haunt  the  desert  in  their  search 
for  gold. 

He  arrived  in  Goldfield  when  that  camp  was  a  promis- 
ing prospect.  From  the  beginning  his  operations  proved 
successful  and  he  soon  became  associated  with  several 
of  the  men  who  have  since  become  the  most  prominent 
operators  of  the  state.  When  the  Nevada  Hills  Invest- 
ment Company  was  formed  for  the  purpose  of  buying 
good  prospects  and  investing  in  substantial  stocks,  Mr. 
Murdock  was  appointed  manager.  This  company  has 
enjoyed  a  remarkable  success.  One  large  dividend  has 
already  been  paid  and  the  company  holds  sufficient  stocks 
at  the  present  time  to  pay  a  second,  and  leave  a  balance 
in  the  treasury  sufficient  for  exploration  and  purchase 
of  properties. 

Mr.  Murdock  has  an  intimate  acquaintance  with  every 
mining  camp  in  Nevada.  Many  rare  opportunities  pre- 
sent themselves  to  those  who  are  informed  regarding  the 
intrinsic  value  of  the  mines  and  his  successful  specula- 
tions and  investments  would  indicate  that  he  has  not 
been  slow  to  grasp  them. 


152 


CHARLES    R.   MURDOCK 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


HAROLD   BAXTER 

HEN  a  young  man  realizes  his  educa- 
tion has  only  begun  after  he  receives 
his  classical  and  technical  degrees,  there 
is  some  hope  for  him.  Desert  "rats" 
usually  smile  at  the  superior  knowledge 
of  the  youth  armed  with  a  "sheep-skin" 
who  comes  into  Nevada  to  show  the  old-timers  just  where 
the  gold  is  to  be  found  and  how  it  is  to  be  removed  and 
converted  into  coin.  Therefore,  when  the  exception 
comes  along  and  admits  he  has  something  to  learn  it  is  as 
refreshing  as  an  oasis. 

Harold  Baxter,  a  clever  mining  engineer,  says  he  did 
not  consider  his  education  by  any  means  complete  when 
he  was  graduated  from  the  Columbia  University  School 
of  Mines.  He  began  his  active  career  willing  to  learn 
anything  and  everything  he  could  from  any  and  every 
source.  Consequently  he  succeeded,  and  he  is  now  con- 
sulting engineer  for  the  Loftus  &  Davis  companies.  He 
was  born  in  Denver,  and  some  of  his  earliest  work  was 
in  the  newspaper  business.  He  soon  reformed  and  began 
engineering  and  mining.  He  opened  a  mining  and  engin- 
eering office  in  Goldfield  soon  after  arriving  there  in 
December,  1906.  It  was  not  long  before  his  superior 
abilities  were  recognized  by  Loftus  &  Davis,  and  he  be- 
came connected  with  that  firm.  He  is  admitted  to  be  an 
authority  in  his  profession. 

He  is  one  of  the  busiest  engineers  in  the  district.  His 
work  keeps  him  almost  constantly  traveling  from  one 
property  to  another  examining,  estimating,  and  reporting 
on  the  possibilities  of  each. 

Mr.  Baxter  is  a  young  man  of  high  ideals  and  has  an 
advanced  standard  of  professional  and  practical  ethics. 


HAROLD  BAXTER 


Photo  by  Viola  Frank  Gould 


H 

H 

Who's     Who     in     Nevada 

FRED   J.  SIEBERT 

^^^S^^^§     memorable   June   day   nearly    six   years 
j|^^^S^^^/f     ago  when  the  infant  Tonopah  opened  its 

(AA^T    iPfm!l     e-ves  ^"°  ken°ld  a  big  Winton  automobile 
^V^^^^Jx^j     come  chugging  into  its  tented  precincts.     J 

was  soon  to  be  known  as  one  of  the  most  energetic  of  the 
young  mining  engineers  of   Southern  Nevada.     At  that 
particular  time  it  was  the  car  which  attracted  the  most 
attention,  for  it  was  the  first  machine  that  had  ever  braved 
the  desert  sand  and  sagebrush.     Little  did  the  people  who 
turned  out  to  witness  this  novel  spectacle  realize  what  an 
important  part  the  machine  was  to  play  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  state. 
Fred  Siebert  was  mining  in  Utah  when  the  excitement 
in  Tonopah  occurred,  and  he  went  to  Tonopah  as  the  su- 
perintendent of  the  Tonopah  &  Salt  Lake  Company.   Two 
months  after  his  arrival,  which  was  early  in  1901,  he  took 
charge  of  the  property  of  the  famous  Tonopah  Mining 
Company  and  later  had  under  his  supervision  the  Belmont 
and  the  Jim  Butler.     Until  March,  1904,  he  remained  in 
Tonopah,  at  which  time  he  went  to  Los  Angeles  to  live. 
Recently  he  again  answered  the  call  of  the  desert  and 
cast  his  lot  in  Goldfield,  where  he  has  already  made  a 
place  for  himself  in  the  front  rank  of  his  profession.    Mr. 
Siebert  was  born  in  Columbus,  Ohio,  June  14,  1874,  and 
was  graduated  from  the  Ohio  State  University  with  the 
class  of  '95,  receiving  degrees  in  the  mining  and  electrical 
engineering  departments.     His  first  visit  to  Nevada  was 
made  in  1897,  when  he  went  to  Austin  to  operate  a  lease 
on  a  mine. 

FRED    J.  SIEBERT 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


RUFUS   C.  THAYER 


> 


HE  population  of  Goldfield  is  becoming 
decidedly  cosmopolitan.  Where  a  few 
years  ago  were  to  be  seen  canvas  tents, 
the  only  buildings,  and  rugged  pros- 
pectors, hardened  and  tanned  by  the 
desert  wind,  the  only  residents  of  the 
camp,  now  there  are  massive  blocks,  honey-combed  with 
elaborately  furnished  offices,  and  occupied  by  men  gath- 
ered from  almost  every  vocation. 

Among  the  scholarly,  courtly,  gentle-mannered  men  of 
Goldfield  is  Rufus  C.  Thayer,  who  cast  his  lot  with  Ne- 
vada and  is  one  of  the  leaders  of  the  legal  fraternity.  Mr. 
Thayer  is  a  native  of  Michigan,  born  in  Northville,  Jan- 
uary 25,  1868.  He  was  graduated  from  the  University 
of  Michigan  at  Ann  Arbor  in  1891  and  soon  afterward 
became  principal  of  a  high  school  at  Manistee 

He  went  to  Colorado  Springs  and  began  the  practice  of 
law,  having  been  admitted  to  the  bar  of  Michigan  before 
he  left  that  state.  It  was  the  desire  to  expound  and  prac- 
tice mining  law  that  led  him  to  come  to  Nevada.  In 
Colorado  his  firm  had  enjoyed  an  extensive  practice  and 
was  engaged  in  most  of  the  important  mining  litigation 
of  Cripple  Creek.  The  firm  of  Thayer  &  Steele  has  offices 
in  the  Registration  Trust  Company's  new  building  in 
Goldfield.  Mr.  Thayer  has  traveled  much.  He  is  a 
member  of  the  American  Bar  Association,  the  Denver 
Club,  the  El  Paso  Club  of  Colorado  Springs,  the  Chey- 
enne Mountain  Country  Club,  and  the  California  and 
Jonathan  Clubs  in  Los  Angeles.  He  is  not  of  the  bom- 
bastic type,  but  a  quiet,  courteous  American  gentleman. 


RUFUS    C.   THAYER 


Photo  by  Viola  Frank  Gould 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada 


GILBERT  STANTON  JOHNSON 


ILBERT  STANTON  JOHNSON,  a 
successful  mining  broker  of  Goldfield, 
is  one  of  the  youngest  men  prominent  in 
the  business  life  of  Nevada.  And  even 
at  that  he  is  no  new  arrival  for  he  cast 
his  lot  with  Goldfield  in  1904.  His  cap- 
ital consisted  principally  of  a  determination  to  succeed. 
However,  if  the  earlier  life  of  this  clever  young  man 
is  sketched  briefly  it  may  bring  forth  an  explanation  of 
why  he  was  destined  to  succeed  in  later  years.  He  was 
born  in  Brighton,  Iowa,  in  1882.  When  he  was  nine 
years  of  age  his  parents  moved  into  the  country.  Not 
daunted  by  the  lack  of  educational  facilities  the  boy  im- 
proved his  mind  by  hard  study  and  extensive  reading. 
He  borrowed  enough  money  to  pay  for  a  course  in  ste- 
nography and  typewriting  at  a  Des  Moines  college,  and 
when  he  had  completed  this,  went  to  Chicago,  securing 
employment  with  a  manufacturing  company  and  later  with 
a  big  advertising  agency. 

Such  perseverance  and  pluck  were  not  to  go  long  un- 
rewarded. Coming  to  Goldfield  he  opened  a  brokerage 
business  and  from  his  typewriter  there  issued  a  weekly 
market  letter.  His  has  grown  into  a  business  that  ex- 
tends throughout  the  United  States,  Mexico,  Canada,  and 
foreign  countries.  He  is  secretary-treasurer  and  general 
manager  of  the  Bullfrog  West  Extension  Mining  Com- 
pany and  owns  a  controlling  interest  in  the  Manhattan- 
Whale  Mining  and  Milling  Company,  and  is  interested  in 
other  important  properties,  including  the  Cuprite  Copper 
Mining  Company  and  others  at  Round  Mountain,  Fair- 
view,  State  Range,  Goldfield  and  Bullfrog. 


GILBERT    STANTON    JOHNSON 


- 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


LESLIE  LORING  SAVAGE 


HE  age  is  the  young  man's  age.  Nevada 
is  the  young  man's  country;  Goldfield 
is  the  young  man's  camp.  In  every  line 
of  the  camp's  activities  it  is  the  young 
man  who  is  forging  to  the  front.  Young 
men  are  the  heaviest  traders  on  the 
stock  exchanges ;  young  men  are  the  promoters ;  young 
men  are  the  miners,  the  lawyers,  the  doctors,  the  mer- 
chants, and  the  chief  factors  in  every  kind  of  business 
life. 

The  youngest  looking  man  in  Goldfield  is  Leslie  Lor- 
ing  Savage,  partner  of  Walter  Whitmore,  and  secretary 
and  treasurer  of  the  W.  H.  Whitmore  Company.  His 
youthful  appearance  makes  him  the  subject  for  many  a 
would-be  humorist,  and  he  takes  every  joke  with  boyish 
good  nature  in  a  way  that  endears  him  to  all  his  fellows. 
Savage  was  born  in  Oakland,  California,  September  6, 
1880.  He  was  a  member  of  the  '04  class  of  the  Colum- 
bia University  School  of  Mines,  and  he  went  to  Ely  early 
in  that  year  in  the  employ  of  the  Nevada  Consoli- 
dated Copper  Company.  It  wras  just  at  the  time  when 
opportunities  were  plentiful  in  Ely,  when  that  camp  was 
becoming  known  to  the  world,  that  Mr.  Savage  left  the 
company  he  was  with,  and  began  prospecting  for  him- 
self. He  secured  some  promising  properties  and  dis- 
posed of  them  during  the  boom.  When  he  arrived  in 
Goldfield,  he  met  Walter  Whitmore,  bought  an  interest 
in  the  firm,  and  has  since  been  sharing  the  labor  and  the 
profits  of  one  of  the  most  successful  brokerage,  insur- 
ance, and  operating  firms  of  the  camp. 


162 


"V- 


LESLIE  LORING  SAVAGE 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


ALDEN   H.  BROWN 

OME  men  learn  mining  lore  in  their 
cradles  at  a  time  when  fairy  tales  are 
usually  considered  the  only  digestible 
food  for  childish  brains.  They  grow 
up  with  love  of  the  miner's  life  planted 
in  their  hearts  and  bred  into  their 
bones.  They  could  not  get  away  from  it  if  they  tried. 

Alden  H.  Brown  was  the  son  of  a  miner — one  of  the 
immortals  of  '49,  whom  all  sons  of  California  love  to 
honor.  He  crossed  the  plains  into  California  with  the  first 
rush  and  went  through  the  state  in  which  his  son  is  now 
mining.  He  was  placer  mining  on  the  Comstock 
before  the  great  silver  lode  was  discovered.  It  was  in 
Vfinton,  Iowa,  far  from  the  land  of  gold  that  Alden 
Brown  was  born  in  1869.  From  the  start  he  was  destined 
to  be  a  miner.  When  he  went  to  college  he  determined 
to  be  a  civil  engineer,  and  he  was  given  that  degree  in  the 
University  of  Iowa.  As  a  civil  engineer  he  built  part  of 
what  is  now  the  Rock  Island  Railroad,  but  after  a  few 
years  of  this  work  the  longing  for  the  mines  became  too 
strong  for  him  and  he  went  to  Colorado  to  take  up  the 
profession  of  his  father  before  him.  He  had  mined  in 
Alabama,  Mexico  and  Colorado  before  going  to  Nevada. 
The  winter  of  1904  found  him  in  Goldfield  and  since  then 
he  has  had  an  active  career  in  the  Southwest.  He  has 
large  interests  in  Lower  California. 

Mr.  Brown  is  a  big,  handsome  man,  a  lover  of  the 
rough  out-door  life,  and  a  true  gentleman.  He  has  the 
spirit  of  the  adventurer,  and  his  wanderings  have  shown 
him  many  sides  of  life.  Mr.  Brown  now  has  an  office 
in  Goldfield  and  one  at  625  I.  W.  Hellman  Block,  Los 
Angeles. 


V^£^k\*    *" 


Z**Sjt; 


ALDEN  H.  BROWN 


Photo  by  Palace  Studio 


•my*  i 

w 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


H.  D.  MAcMASTER 


HERE  is  a  jolly,  whole-souled,  prosper- 
ous fellow  in  Golclfield— H.  D.  Mac- 
Master — who  doesn't  make  much  fuss 
about  himself  or  his  business,  but  who 
is  rapidly  winning  his  way  to  a  substan- 
tial position  in  the  life  of  the  country. 
He  is  a  successful  promoter  and  operator,  and  in  the 
three  years  he  has  been  in  camp  has  handled  many  im- 
portant deals.  He  is  the  head  of  the  firm  of  H.  D.  Mac- 
Master  &  Company,  which  has  a  reputation  not  bounded 
by  the  borders  of  the  state. 

Mr.  MacMaster  has  interests  in  quite  a  number  of  live 
districts,  notable  among  them  being  Goldfield,  Yerring- 
ton,  Fairview  and  Manhattan.  One  of  his  latest  invest- 
ments is  in  the  Virgen  River  Oil  Fields  in  Utah.  From 
this  property  he  has  an  excellent  chance  to  add  materially 
to  his  fortune.  He  has  promoted  the  Goldfield-Rochester 
Mining  Company,  that  gives  promise  of  being  something 
beyond  the  ordinary  in  productiveness.  Mr.  MacMaster 
holds  a  seat  on  the  Goldfied  Mining  Stock  Exchange  and 
is  prominent  in  its  affairs.  He  wooed  and  won  a  charm- 
ing woman  for  his  wife,  and  Mr.  and  Mrs.  MacMaster 
have  a  pretty  little  home  in  Goldfield.  Mr.  MacMaster  is 
also  well  known  in  Los  Angeles,  where  he  and  his  wife 
make  frequent  visits. 

His  offices  occupy  a  handsome  suite  in  the  new  Ex- 
change Building  on  Main  Street  in  Goldfield. 


H.  D.  MACMASTER 


1*7 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


C.  O.  WHITTEMORE 


OMEONE  has  said  that  the  man  who 
builds  a  railroad  builds  an  empire.  Be 
that  as  it  may,  what  would  Nevada  be 
today  without  her  railroads,  and  where 
would  the  railroads  of  Nevada  be  to- 
day without  the  keen-sighted,  far-see- 
ing men  who  saw  opportunities  and  forced  others  to  be- 
lieve in  them. 

C.  O.  Whittemore,  vice-president  and  general  counsel 
of  the  Las  Vegas  &  Tonopah  Railroad,  is  a  man  to  whom 
Nevada  owes  much.  He  was  the  first  official  of  the  Las 
Vegas  &  Tonopah  to  go  over  the  proposed  route  with  the 
engineers,  a  year  before  the  actual  work  of  construction 
was  begun,  aside  from  being  prominently  identified  with 
the  building  of  the  San  Pedro,  Los  Angeles  &  Salt  Lake, 
of  which  he  was  general  counsel  until  recently,  when  he 
resigned  to  devote  all  his  attention  to  the  Las  Vegas  & 
Tonopah. 

To  start  at  the  beginning,  Mr.  Whittemore  is  a  son  of 
Utah,  who  became  prominent  in  his  own  state  before  he 
transferred  his  allegiance  to  Nevada.  He  was  born  in 
1862,  and  was  graduated  from  St.  Mary's  school  twenty 
years  later.  He  began  the  practice  of  law  auspiciously. 
He  was  made  assistant  city  attorney,  but  resigned  to  con- 
tinue his  law  education  at  Columbia.  In  1894  he  was 
elected  county  attorney,  and  in  1898  he  was  appointed 
United  States  District  Attorney  for  Utah  by  President 
McKinley. 

He  has  cast  his  lot  with  Nevada  and  its  interests,  and 
henceforth  is  to  be  classed  as  a  thorough  Nevadan,  one 
who  will  have  not  a  little  to  do  with  the  future  history  of 
the  State. 


C.  O.  WHITTEMORE 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


CHARLES   S.  SPRAGUE 


EVADA  needs  no  introduction  to 
Charles  S.  Sprague ;  first,  he  is  a  news- 
paper man,  and  the  entire  West  knows 
him  through  the  thriving  journal  he 
has  built  up  in  the  midst  of  the  desert ; 
and  secondly  Nevada  knows  and  hon- 
ors him  for  what  he  has  done  to  advance  her  interests 
and  proclaim  her  greatness  up  and  down  the  earth.  He 
is  a  brilliant  exception  to.  the  supposed  rule  that  good 
newspaper  men  are  poor  business  men.  Mr.  Sprague 
seems  to  have  succeeded  invariably. 

He  was  born  in  Ohio,  the  son  of  W.  P.  Sprague,  for 
many  years  congressman  from  the  Buckeye  State.  On 
the  day  of  his  graduation  from  college  he  purchased  a 
newspaper,  and  he  has  been  a  newspaper  man  ever  since. 
While  in  Ohio  ,he  became  prominent  in  politics  and  was 
appointed  internal  revenue  collector — the  youngest  man 
who  ever  held  such  a  position  in  the  State.  In  1890  he 
went  to  Colorado  and  founded  the  Colorado  Springs 
Evening  Telegraph.  It  flourished,  and  he  established 
the  Mining  Investor.  He  again  took  an  active  part  in 
political  affairs,  served  in  the  Legislature  and  as  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Board  of  Pardons.  Many  honors  were  his  in 
Colorado.  In  1904  and  '05  he  was  editor  of  the 
Rocky  Mountain  News  in  Denver,  resigning  that  position 
to  buy  the  Goldfield  News,  a  publication  that  has  a  larger 
circulation  than  any  other  in  Nevada.  He  organized  the 
Goldfield  Publishing  Company,  which  has  erected  a 
$100,000  office  building,  and  is  vice-president  and  general 
manager  of  the  Company.  He  has  mining  interests 
throughout  the  State,  and  owns  the  finest  home  in  Gold- 
field  ;  proving  that  Fortune  sometimes  smiles  even  on  a 
newspaper  man. 


it 


CHARLES  S.  SPRAGUE 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


JAMES   L.  LINDSAY 


i 


Y  a  judicious  combination  of  mining 
and  banking-  some  of  the  most  success- 
ful men  in  the  West  have  made  their 
fortunes,  and  if  perseverance,  atten- 
tion to  business,  energy,  ability,  and 
sound  common  sense  count  for  aught, 
James  L.  Lindsay  of  Goldfield  will  be  enrolled  among  the 
winners. 

Mr.  Lindsay  began  his  active  career  about  twenty  years 
ago  when  not  more  than  a  score  of  years  had  been  his. 
He  rose  rapidly  in  the  banking  business,  and  has  been  so 
successful  in  this  work  that  he  has  devoted  by  far  the 
greater  part  of  his  time  to  it,  occasionally  becoming  con- 
nected with  some  big  mining  enterprises  just  for  variation 
and  incidentally  to  add  materially  to  his  own  bank  ac- 
count. He  was  interested  in  several  properties  in  Colo- 
rado before  he  decided  that  Goldfield  and  the  other 
Nevada  camps  were  the  only  places  really  worth  while. 
Goldfield  first  saw  Mr.  Lindsay  in  1905.  He  did  not 
hesitate  or  procrastinate,  but  went  to  work  with  a  will. 
He  made  his  first  good-sized  Nevada  stake  on  the  Lind- 
say lease  on  the  Florence.  He  again  turned  his  attention 
to  banking  and  accepted  a  position  with  the  State  Bank 
and  Trust  Company.  Of  this  institution  he  is  now  the 
cashier. 


17* 


J.  L.  LINDSAY 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


FRED   H.  VAHRENKAMP 


HE  first  train  ever  sent  over  the  Las  Ve- 
gas &  Tonopah  road  into  Southern  Ne- 
vada was  booked  for  Bonnie  Clare  and 
loaded  with  machinery  for  the  Bonnie 
Clare  Mine.  The  day  of  its  arrival  was 
a  happy  one  for  Fred  H.  Vahrenkamp, 
and  one  of  which  he  never  grows  tired  of  thinking.  It 
marked  an  epoch  in  the  history  of  the  mine  and  of  its 
general  manager.  With  the  opening  of  the  road,  Los 
Angeles  became  the  natural  distributing  center  for  the 
camps  of  Southern  Nevada  and  the  Los  Angeles  men  who 
had  invested  in  mines  in  the  sagebrush  state  rejoiced. 
Most  of  all,  rejoiced  Fred  Vahrenkamp.  In  the  spring 
of  1905,  when  the  railroad  was  little  more  than  a  myth, 
Fred  Vahrenkamp,  mining  engineer,  and  Willis  George 
Emerson  of  Los  Angeles  purchased  the  Bonnie  Clare 
mine  located  in  the  Gold  Mountain  District,  half  way  be- 
tween Goldfield  and  Bullfrog.  Mr.  Vahrenkamp  went 
immediately  to  work  on  the  development  of  the  property 
and  in  January,  1906,  he  and  E.  A.  Forrester  and  sons, 
also  of  Los  Angeles,  purchased  Mr.  Emerson's  interest. 
With  a  splendidly  equipped  mill  on  top  of  the  ground 
and  an  apparently  inexhaustible  supply  of  milling  ore 
under  the  ground,  the  property  promises  to  be  a  million- 
aire maker. 

Mr.  Vahrenkamp  had  made  a  record  in  his  profession 
before  Bonnie  Clare  was  in  existence.  He  has  mined  in 
Utah,  Colorado,  South  Dakota  and  California,  and  was 
for  some  time  in  the  employment  of  the  De  La  Mar  Syn- 
dicate of  Paris.  His  professional  associate  in  Los  Angeles 
before  going  to  Bonnie  Clare  was  Prof.  L.  H.  Mitchell, 
formerly  professor  of  geology  in  Cornell  University. 


174 


17S 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


LOREN   B.  CURTIS 

NE  of  the  greatest  factors  in  the  trans- 
formation of  Southern  Nevada  has  been 
the  Nevada-California  Power  Company. 
The  construction  and  operation  of  this 
plant  has  meant  not  only  light  and  trans- 
portation for  all  the  prominent  cities 
and  camps  of  that  section,  but  cheap  power  to  operate  the 
mines  and  mills  as  well. 

The  man  who  originated  the  idea  of  establishing  this 
great  plant  is  Loren  B.  Curtis,  of  Denver,  Colorado.  In 
the  Fall  of  1904  Mr.  Curtis  and  C.  M.  Hobbs,  of  Denver, 
came  to  Goldfield  for  the  purpose  of  looking  over  the 
mining  field,  but  Mr.  Curtis  had  not  long  been  in  Gold- 
field  before  he  saw  the  great  necessity  of  cheap  power  for 
the  mining  needs  of  the  camp.  Mr.  Curtis  had  already 
had  wide  experience  in  Colorado  in  the  location  of  water 
power  plants,  and  naturally  his  mind  turned  toward  se- 
curing such  a  plant  in  a  reasonable  transmission  distance 
of  Goldfield.  Leaving  Mr.  Hobbs  in  Goldfield  to  con- 
tinue his  investigations  in  the  mining  field,  Mr.  Curtis 
went  into  the  Owens  River  country  to  look  for  a  suitable 
water  power  site.  After  spending  several  weeks  in  ex- 
amining all  the  tributaries  of  the  Owens  River,  he  finally 
selected  the  present  power  rights  on  Bishop  Creek,  and 
made  all  the  preliminary  filings  for  holding  them.  He 
then  returned  to  Goldfield  and  accompanied  by  Mr.  Hobbs 
went  to  Colorado  to  lay  the  power  proposition  before  a 
group  of  Denver's  leading  capitalists. 

The  proposition  seemed  so  feasible  and  so  certain  of 
large  success  that  no  trouble  was  encountered  in  raising 
all  the  necessary  funds  for  the  first  installation,  costing 
$500,000. 


LOREN  B.  CURTIS 


177 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


Nine  months  after  the  work  was  started  the  plant  was 
in  operation  and  electric  power  was  being  furnished  Gold- 
field  and  Tonopah.  Mr.  Curtis  was  the  engineer  in 
charge  of  construction  of  the  transmission  line  of  the 
company,  from  Bishop,  California,  to  Tonopah  and  Gold- 
field,  a  distance  of  113  miles. 

While  working  on  this  line  Mr.  Curtis  found  it  neces- 
sary to  secure  water  for  construction  purposes,  and  nat- 
urally his  mind  was  called  to  the  great  need  of  good  water 
for  Goldfield.  Upon  the  completion  of  his  work  he  turn- 
ed his  attention  to  securing  by  location  and  otherwise,  all 
the  water  in  the  Goldfield  District.  The  culmination  of 
this  work  is  now  the  Goldfield  Consolidated  Water  Com- 
pany. This  company  is  now  furnishing  pure  mountain 
water  to  the  inhabitants  of  Goldfield,  and  the  surrounding 
district,  and  is  considered  one  of  the  greatest  factors  in 
the  upbuilding  of  the  camp.  Thus  Mr.  Curtis  has  been 
the  moving  spirit  in  two  of  the  most  needful  and  success- 
ful enterprises  of  the  Goldfield  District. 

Mr.  Curtis  was  born  in  1869  in  Binghampton,  N.  Y., 
but  has  spent  most  of  his  life  in  Colorado.  He  secured 
his  technical  education  at  the  State  Agricultural  College 
of  Colorado,  taking  the  degree  of  B.  S.  in  1895.  Since 
that  time  he  has  successfully  practiced  his  profession  in 
the  West. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


MILTON  C.  ISH 

ANY  who  came  to  Goldfield  primarily 
to  mine,  saw  money  in  supplying  the 
needs  of  the  people,  and  several  of  the 
men  who  are  the  most  successful  oper- 
ators today  got  their  first  stake  by  pro- 
viding bacon  and  beans  for  others.  In 
the  early  days  of  Goldfield  groceries  were  quite  as  much 
in  demand  as  mines,  and  Milton  Ish  invested  $350  in  a 
lot  on  Columbia  street,  upon  which  he  erected  a  frame 
building  and  opened  a  grocery  store.  That  lot  is  today 
worth  $15,000.  Not  infrequently  a  carload  of  goods  was 
sold  before  it  could  be  removed  from  the  wagon  to  the 
store,  and  customers  lined  up  on  the  sidewalk  to  make 
their  purchases.  In  the  spring  of  1907  Mr.  Ish  and  his 
uncle,  Frank  Ish,  who  was  associated  with  him,  sold  the 
store  that  they  might  devote  all  their  attention  to  mining. 
Mr.  Ish  had  staked  Jim  Sheets  and  Tom  Kendrick,  steady 
customers  and  good  boosters  for  the  grocery  business,  and 
the  Ish-Sheets  lease  on  the  Combination  and  Mohawk  is 
the  result.  They  hit  the  ledge  at  thirty-eight  feet  and  the 
first  week  took  out  two  carloads  of  ore,  which  netted 
$4000,  enough  to  pay  for  all  equipment.  Nearly  a  million 
dollars  has  been  taken  out. 

In  this  lease  Frank  Ish  and  E.  D.  Bowles  also  had  an 
interest. 

One  of  Mr.  Ish's  claims  to  fame  is  the  fact  that  he  was 
the  first  man  married  in  Goldfield.  The  ceremony  was 
performed  by  Postmaster  Collins,  who  was  an  acting 
justice  of  the  peace.  This  interesting  event  took  place  in 
October,  1904.  In  those  days  there  were  no  churches. 
This  was  Collins'  first  appearance  as  an  aider  and  ab- 


MILTON  C.  ISH 


1M 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


bettor  of  Cupid,  but  the  bridegroom  reminded  Collins  that 
the  latter  did  not  need  to  think  he  had  a  monopoly  on 
nervousness,  for  he,  the  bridegroom,  was  as  new  to  the 
performance  as  was  Collins.  The  bride  was  Miss  Evelyn 
Roach,  a  charming  Nevada  girl,  born  about  100  miles 
from  Goldfield.  They  have  a  beautiful  home  in  Goldfield, 
whose  hospitable  doors  welcome  hosts  of  friends. 

Mr.  Ish  is  now  associated  with  the  firm  of  Marvin  Ish 
&  Brother.  He  is  a  popular  young  fellow,  successful  and 
always  a  booster  for  Goldfield  and  Nevada.  He  is  a 
native  son  of  California,  born  in  San  Francisco  August 
19,  1876. 


181 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


_ EPHRIM  DEMORE  TURNER 

NE  by  one  the  early  pioneers  of  Nevada 
are  passing  away.  Each  year  the  list  of 
those  who  lived  and  fought  and  won 
and  lost  again  in  the  days  before  the 
railroad  came,  is  growing  shorter.  Men 
of  the  early  days  in  Virginia  City, 
Pioche,  Eureka,  and  the  other  camps  which  were  in  their 
prime  a  quarter  of  a  century  ago,  are  very  few  now ;  but 
they  are  grand  old  men — those  who  are  left — and  hon- 
ored everywhere. 

Ephrim  DeMore  Turner  is  a  picturesque  figure,  a  man 
one  might  well  point  to  as  an  example  for  the  youth  of 
the  desert.  He  was  born  in  Illinois,  May  27,  1833,  anc^ 
of  actual  school  life  he  received  one  year;  he  crossed  the 
plains  in  a  wagon  in  '52,  and  stopped  at  Gibsonville, 
Sierra  County,  where  his  father  opened  a  blacksmith 
shop.  For  a  brief  time  he  mined  in  California,  then  went 
to  Nevada,  where  he  took  part  in  the  Indian  war  of  1860 
when  a  little  band  of  citizens  left  Viginia  City  and  for 
forty-five  days  waged  war  against  2000  Indians.  He 
helped  to  bury  a  few  of  his  comrades  and  a  great  many 
of  the  foes  of  his  people.  In  '63,  he  went  to  Reese 
River,  and  arrived  in  Austin  the  day  after  the  "axe 
man"  created  a  panic;  he  found  the  place  in  an  uproar; 
a  man  had  gone  insane  the  day  before,  rushed  through 
the  town  with  an  axe,  killing  or  wounding  all  who  came 
within  his  reach;  he  was  never  seen  after  that  day,  but 
for  years  afterward  the  mention  of  the  "axe  man"  would 
make  the  women  jump.  It  is  believed  he  was  killed  on 
the  desert  by  "White  Headed"  Ross,  a  man  supposed  to  be 
a  stage  robber  and  bad  man. 


*2&x: 


EPHRIM  DEMORE  TURNER 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


Mr.  Turner  worked  in  Austin  during  the  hard  times 
of  the  winter  of  '65,  when  the  best  man  of  the  day  was 
lucky  if  he  got  one  meal  out  of  three.  Men  could  not 
get  work  for  their  board ;  he  worked  for  50  cents  a  day 
and  at  night  he  divided  that  sum  that  some  of  his  fel- 
lows might  eat. 

From  Austin  he  went  to  Pioche  and  was  in  business 
there  at  the  time  the  camp  was  nearly  wiped  out  by  fire 
and  more  than  fifty  of  its  inhabitants  were  killed.  He 
lost  everything  in  the  fire,  and  had  to  make  a  new  start. 
In  '75  he  became  night  watchman  for  the  fire  depart- 
ment and  after  that  was  made  constable,  deputy  sheriff 
and  then  sheriff.  The  last  office  he  filled  for  ten  years 
until  U.  J.  R.  De  La  Mar  bought  the  great  De  La  Mar 
Mine  and  came  to  him  to  ask  him  to  become  boss  of  the 
bullion  gang.  Bullion  from  the  mine  had  to  be  hauled  175 
miles  by  coach  and  then  shipped  from  Millford,  Utah, 
to  Salt  Lake.  It  was  a  dangerous  business  and  one  that 
required  courage,  a  clear  brain  and  the  ability  to  com- 
mand. The  bullion  was  taken  out  in  a  big  Concord  coach 
and  the  boss  rode  by  the  driver  while  two  men  sat  guard 
inside. 

In  two  years  and  seven  months  five  and  a  half  millions 
in  bullion  were  carried  out  in  this  way.  Then  the  system 
was  changed.  Mr.  Turner  was  made  collector  of  lights 
and  water,  and  later,  postmaster  at  Delamar.  This  po- 
sition he  occupied  until  a  few  months  ago,  when  he  went 
to  live  at  Columbia  to  be  near  his  daughter  and  his  son. 
As  early  as  '64  he  became  interested  in  politics  and  that 
year  was  made  County  Clerk  of  Nye  County.  In  May 
'75  he  married  Kate  Brinkman,  a  fifteen-year-old  girl, 
who  was  left  an  orphan  at  that  time ;  three  sons  and  a 
daughter  were  born  to  them.  His  wife  died  some  years 
ago. 


194 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


JOHN  TINNIN 

ANY  of  the  cattle  kings  of  old  Nevada 
have,  since  the  birth  of  the  new  Nevada, 
become  mining  men.  Some  of  those 
who  were  feeding  beef  to  the  miners  of 
the  Comstock  lode  and  giving  little  heed 
to  the  wealth  of  her  mines  are,  since  the 
discovery  of  Goldfield  and  Tonopah,  turning  their  atten- 
tion to  mining. 

Of  the  men  of  this  class,  one  who  is  loved  and  hon- 
ored throughout  the  state  is  Col.  John  Tinnin,  formerly 
a  partner  of  Governor  John  Sparks  in  the  cattle  industry 
of  Nevada. 

John  Tinnin  was  born  in  a  log  house  on  a  cotton  plan- 
tation in  Mississippi  in  1840,  and  when  a  boy  of  fifteen 
went  to  Texas,  where  he  entered  the  ranger  service.  H? 
was  for  four  years  in  the  confederate  army  and  fought 
for  the  cause  of  the  South — stopped  fighting  Indians  and 
went  to  fighting  Yankees,  as  he  expresses  it.  In  1881  he 
came  to  Nevada  and  a  short  time  later  went  to  Cheyenne, 
Wyoming,  and  induced  Governor  Sparks  to  return  with 
him  to  the  sagebrush  state.  From  '81  until  '89  the  two  men 
were  partners  and  their  cattle  interests  steadily  grew. 
Their  range  covered  150  miles  north  and  south  and  al- 
most as  many  east  and  west.  They  gradually  bought  up 
the  herds  of  small  raisers  until  they  owned  80,000  head 
of  cattle.  In  the  hard  winter  of  '88  and  '89  these  two 
partners  lost  half  of  their  stock.  In  that  year  John  Tinnin 
sold  out  and  went  to  other  fields,  but  it  was  not  long  until 
he  was  back  again,  buying  more  cattle.  Today  he  has  a 
ranch  in  Nebraska  of  10,000  acres,  and  also  owns  a  large 
ranch  in  Texas,  where  he  has  a  winter  home. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


For  the  last  year  he  has  been  in  Goldfield  acquiring 
mining  interests  and  where  he  once  had  no  thought  for 
anything  but  live  stock  it  is  now  the  mining  stock  market 
which  claims  most  of  his  attention.  Colonel  Tinnin  be- 
gan the  cattle  business  with  $1100  worth  of  stock,  300 
pounds  of  bacon  and  six  bushels  of  corn  meal.  He  is  in 
spirit  a  young  man  today.  Possessed  of  a  keen  sense  of 
humor,  a  great  big  heart,  a  pair  of  fine  blue  eyes  and  a 
big  stock  of  sound  philosophy,  he  is  a  charming  man  to 
meet  and  a  friend  worth  having. 


BULLFROG 


BULLFROG 


WIRY  little  man,  with  keen  blue  eyes 
and  sun  tanned  face,  grew  tired  of  pros- 
pecting in  Tonopah  one  day  early  in 
July,  1905.  and  turned  his  steps  toward 
the  south.  Without  saying  anything 
as  to  his  intentions  he  packed  his  burros 
and  started  on  a  long  and  lonely  march  for  new  fields  of 
fortune.  Two  years  before  that  time  he  had  come  into 
Tonopah  from  the  south  and  had  passed  through  what 
is  now  the  Bullfrog  District.  Retracing  his  steps,  he 
went  down  the  Amargosa  Valley  past  the  Beatty  Ranch 
and  out  upon  the  desert.  Far  out  in  the  sagebrush  he 
encountered  a  lonely  figure,  burroless,  out  of  food  and 
altogether  down  on  his  luck. 

"Up  against  it,  old  man?''  asked  "Shorty''  Harris,  for 
it  was  none  other  than  the  father  of  Bullfrog  who  thus 
accosted  the  stranger.  The  latter's  answer  was  a  grunt. 

"Saw  a  big  quartz  blowout.  Looked  good  to  me  when 
I  went  through  her  a  couple  of  years  ago.  Queer,  green- 
ish sort  of  stuff.  Want  to  find  it?''  asked  Harris. 

And  in  Ed  Cross  Bullfrog  has  its  second  father. 

The  two  men  prospected  around  the  hills  and  on 
August  4,  1904,  discovered  the  "greenish  looking  quartz" 
that  "Shorty"  Harris  had  noticed  on  his  former  trip 
through  the  valley.  If  "Shorty"  was  short  in  stature,  he 
was  long  on  imagination.  The  ore  was  green,  the  color 
of  a  bullfrog.  The  pieces  of  rock,  according  to  "Shorty," 
\vere  about  as  far  apart  as  a  bullfrog's  jump,  and  were 
about  the  size  of  a  well-fed  bullfrog.  So  "Shorty"  called 
the  place  Bullfrog,  and  Bullfrog  it  has  been  ever  since. 
He  and  his  partner  traveled  to  Tonopah  with  samples  of 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


the  rock,  and  immediately  there  was  a  rush  to  the  new 
district. 

Since  that  time  the  camp  has  been  forging  to  the  front 
in  leaps  greater  than  did  ever  a  bullfrog  take.  A  busy 
band  of  prospectors  tramped  the  hills  day  and  night 
staking  out  claims  and  giving  to  them  names  which  were 
soon  to  become  the  watchwords  of  the  district.  A  town 
sprang  up  here  and  another  one  there,  and  rivalry  was 
keen  between  them.  A  handful  of  men  camped  in  the 
gulch  at  the  foot  of  Ladd  Mountain  and  a  couple  of  them 
started  off  down  the  valley  to  build  a  town.  They  platted 
a  townsite  and  offered  lots  to  those  who  would  come  down. 
There  was  one  man  that  was  not  included  in  the  general 
invitation.  He  was  the  camp-mate  of  Frank  Busch  and 
because  of  some  misunderstanding  between  himself  and 
the  organizers  of  the  new  town  he  was  left  out.  Frank 
Busch,  true  to  his  pal,  declined  the  lot  offered  him,  and 
formulated  a  plan  to  start  an  opposition  townsite.  He 
did  not  have  any  money,  but  he  had  plenty  of  energy  and 
pluck,  and  these  carried  him  to  Tonopah,  where  he  bor- 
rowed $300  with  which  to  found  Rhyolite. 

The  new  camp  was  built  in  a  day.  Frank  Busch  and 
his  associates  did  not  stop  at  offering  lots  to  residents  of 
the  rival  town,  but  even  moved  their  places  of  business 
for  them.  Born  in  strife,  the  little  town  has  had  many 
a  battle  since,  and  camp  rivalry  has  been  strong.  Where 
there  is  rivalry,  there  is  also  patriotism  and  loyalty,  and 
the  men  of  Rhyolite  have  been  lacking  in  neither. 

Four  miles  east  there  is  Beatty,  the  next  largest  camp 
of  the  district,  named  for  "Old  Man  Beatty,"  as  the 
rancher  who  had  lived  there  for  many  years  before  an- 
other white  man  set  foot  in  the  country,  is  familiarly 
known. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


The  Las  Vegas  and  Tonopah,  the  first  railroad  into  the 
southern  part  of  the  State,  reached  Beatty  in  October, 
1906.  Before  that  time  every  stick  of  wood  and  every 
pound  of  food  had  to  be  hauled  nearly  a  hundred  miles 
over  the  desert  in  wagons.  Now  there  are  two  railways 
into  Bullfrog,  and  soon  there  will  be  a  third. 

The  mineral  zone,  commonly  designated  as  the  Bullfrog 
District,  covers  an  area  of  about  400  square  miles. 

The  ores  are  found  mainly  in  quartz  and  the  formation 
is  usually  a  highly  silicified  rhyolite  with  manganese  and 
talcous  ores  carrying  a  heavy  sulphide.  Though  there 
are  some  high-grade  properties  in  the  camp,  the  district 
is  essentially  low  grade  with  vast  bodies  of  milliner  Ore 
which  many  believe  will  be  producing  wealth  years  after 
the  more  sensational  camps  have  been  forgotten.  It  has 
required  time  and  courage  to  bring  the  Bullfrog  mines 
to  their  present  state  of  development,  but  the  men  of  the 
district  have  been  willingly  patient.  With  the  opening 
of  the  mill  on  the  Montgomery-Shoshone,  purchased  by 
Charles  M.  Schwab  and  his  associates,  a  great  era  in  the 
camp's  history  was  recorded.  The  mill  has  proved  the 
feasibility  of  the  reduction  of  the  Bullfrog  ores  in  the 
camp  rather  than  shipping  them  away.  It  would  not  be 
safe  to  estimate  how  many  millions  are  already  blocked 
out  in  the  mines  of  Bullfrog,  but  the  figure  is  one  that 
will  act  as  a  buoy  to  the  men  of  the  district  through  all 
periods  of  hard  times. 

Soon  other  mills  will  be  dropping  stamps  and  the  pro- 
duction of  Bullfrog  will  prove  to  the  mining  world  the 
truth  of  all  her  most  ardent  supporters  have  claimed. 

Since  that  day  when  "Shorty"  Harris  and  Ed  Cross 
met  in  the  desert,  Bullfrog  has  lived,  grown  and  flour- 
ished. She  has  the  ore ;  she  has  the  men ;  she  has  the 
spirit  that  wins. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


E.  A.  MONTGOMERY 

LONG  time  ago  in  Canada  a  little  boy 
looked  at  the  hills  and  dreamed  of  gold. 
He  went  about  his  work  and  his  lessons 
and  his  play  and  through  it  all  he 
dreamed  that  some  day  he  would  put 
his  finger  on  the  spot  where  gold  wras 
hidden,  bring»it  out  of  the  mountain  and  make  him  a  rich 
man.  It  was  in  Seaforth,  November  4,  1863,  that  the  boy 
was  born,  and  it  was  in  the  Bullfrog  district  in  1904  that 
the  dream  began  to  come  true. 

The  boy  was  E.  A.  Montgomery,  known  in  every  min- 
ing camp  in  the  West  as  "Bob."  It  was  nearly  twenty 
years  from  the  time  he  dreamed  his  boyhood  dreams  of 
gold  until  he  finally  began  the  life  of  a  miner. 

In  1885,  ne  was  farming  in  Iowa,  when  the  mining  ex- 
citement in  Idaho  broke  out,  and  people  from  every  part 
of  the  country  flocked  in  response  to  the  gold  cry.  Bob 
Montgomery  heard  the  cry  and  he  exchanged  the  plow 
for  the  pick.  From  that  time  until  1892  he  traveled  over 
the  West,  stopping  at  any  section  where  conditions  were 
at  all  promising,  and  in  March  of  that  year  he  located 
the  Montgomery  Mining  District,  sixty  miles  south  of 
the  present  site  of  Bullfrog. 

He  opened  up  the  Johnnie  Mine,  and  at  the  same  time 
did  some  work  in  Death  Valley.  He  staked  prospectors 
who  discovered  mines  in  the  Panamint  District.  He 
grew  tired  of  Nevada  prospects  and  was  about  to  go  to 
Mexico  when  the  Salt  Lake  Road  from  Salt  Lake  to 
Los  Angeles  was  proposed.  In  this  he  saw  the  beginning 
of  a  new  era  in  mining  in  Nevada,  and  he  went  to  work 
with  renewed  vigor  in  his  prospecting.  In  1902  he  went 


E.  A.  MONTGOMERY 


19.1 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


to  Tonopah  and  soon  afterward  was  chosen  because  of 
his  knowledge  of  the  entire  southern  part  of  the  State, 
to  act  as  chief  right-of-way  agent  for  a  company  of  Los 
Angeles  men  who  proposed  building  a  railroad.  He 
traveled  for  200  miles  without  seeing  any  living  thing  but 
an  occasional  lizard  and  jackrabbit,  and  he  made  a  report 
sufficient  to  justify  the  building  of  the  railroad. 

The  route  he  chose  would  have  touched  the  present  sites 
of  Goldfield,  Bullfrog,  Lee  and  Greenwater,  and  would 
have  tapped  the  big  borax  fields.  The  company  sent  an 
engineer  over  the  same  route,  but  the  engineer  could  not 
see  beneath  the  ground ;  he  lacked  the  power  to  look 
into  the  future  which  Mr.  Montgomery  possessed,  and 
he  returned  to  Los  Angeles  to  throw  cold  water  on  the 
project. 

If  that  road  had  been  built,  the  mines  of  Nevada  would 
be  in  a  different  condition  today.  Since  that  time  two 
roads  have  been  built  over  the  route  he  recommended, 
though  at  that  time  and  for  nearly  four  years  afterward, 
the  man  who  crossed  the  country  crossed  it  on  burro- 
back  or  by  stage.  On  the  strength  of  a  report  of  rich 
ore  discovered  by  Ed  Cross  on  the  original  Bullfrog,  Mr. 
Montgomery  made  a  trip  from  Tonopah  to  that  new  dis- 
trict. He  drove  from  Tonopah,  traveling  all  day  and 
night  to  get  there,  and  he  located  six  claims.  On  his  way 
back  he  stopped  at  Oasis;  owned  by  John  Howell,  a 
negro,  who  was  a  pioneer  of  the  desert  and  a  friend  of 
Mr.  Montgomery's.  There  he  met  "Hungry  Johnny,"  an 
Indian,  whom  he  employed  to  prospect  for  him.  He  gave 
the  Indian  two  notices  of  location  and  was  again  go- 
ing out  of  the  district  when  at  Thorpes  Mill  he  met  men 
returning  from  Goldfield  with  results  of  assays  on  Bull- 
frog ore.  He  took  a  saddle  horse  and  went  back  the  next 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


day.  On  his  way  he  passed  the  Indian's  camp  and 
left  word  for  him  to  follow  and  receive  a  lesson  on  dis- 
tinguishing the  kind  of  rock  found  to  be  rich.  The  In- 
dian went  to  Bonanza  mountain,  and  Mr.  Montgomery 
showed  him  the  Denver  outcropping. 

"I  catch  him  all  the  same  ledge/'  the  Indian  said,  and 
he  led  him  to  the  south  end  of  the  Montgomery  mountain, 
where  he  found  a  well-built  monument  in  which  one  of 
the  location  notices  had  been  placed.  The  property  is  the 
same  that  is  now  known  as  the  Indian  Johnny.  H'e  then 
took  him  to  the  Shoshone,  and  Bob  Montgomery  that 
day  located  Shoshone  No.  2  and  No.  3,  the  latter  claim 
being  the  one  upon  which  the  rich  Shoshone  mine  was 
discovered.  He  worked  all  day  and  that  night  he  wrote 
his  location  notice  in  the  dark.  He  located  the  town  site 
of  Beatty  and  started  a  settlement  there,  at  the  same  time 
doing  preliminary  work  on  fifteen  claims. 

Then  he  went  to  Goldfield  to  consult  his  partner. 
The  partner,  T.  E.  Edwards,  offered  to  sell  his  claim  for 
$100,000,  and  Mr.  Montgomery  exercised  his  option  by 
interesting  Malcolm  Macdonald  of  Tonopah  to  furnish 
the  first  $10,000. 

The  first  stock  with  a  par  value  of  $i  sold  at  $2  a  share 
and  25,000  shares  were  required  for  the  completion  of  the 
corporation.  The  first  shipment  of  forty  tons  was  hauled 
out  by  wagon  in  April.  In  January  of  1906  the  famous 
Montgomery-Slioshone  lawsuit  was  up  before  the  courts, 
and  until  it  was  finally  settled  in  Mr.  Montgomery's  favor 
and  with  greatest  credit  to  him,  no  ore  could  be  shipped 
from  the  mine. 

Donald  Gillies,  as  manager  for  Charles  M.  Schwab, 
was  sent  to  examine  the  property,  and  just  one  year  after 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


the  date  upon  which  Edwards  had  disposed  of  his  in- 
terests, the  mine  was  sold  to  Mr.  Schwab. 

Mr.  Montgomery  retained  one-fifth  interest  in  the  mine 
and  is  still  a  director  in  the  Shoshone  Consolidated. 

Mr.  Montgomery  is  owner  of  the  Skidoo  Mine  Com- 
pany's properties,  is  one  of  the  principal  owners  of  the 
Brown  Palace  Mine  at  Rosebud,  and  numerous  other 
properties  throughout  the  State,  in  addition  to  being  part 
owner  in  a  big  Idaho  mine. 

If  he  so  willed,  Bob  Montgomery  could  retire  from 
active  operation  in  the  mining  field  and  live  comfortablv 
for  the  rest  of  his  life  on  the  harvest  he  has  reaped  from 
his  operations.  Instead  he  prefers  to  demonstrate  to  the 
world  his  faith  in  mining  as  a  legitimate  investment,  and 
he  is  as  active  now  as  ever. 

Since  those  days  when  he  dreamed  of  the  hidden  treas- 
ures of  Mother  Earth  he  has  met  many  disappointments 
and  has  several  times  been  near  death.  He  is  a  man 
who  has  few  enemies ;  his  is  a  gentle  kindly  nature  and 
if  he  has  a  fault,  it  is  his  generosity. 

His  word  is  as  good  as  his  bond,  and  wherever  he  leads 
in  the  mining  world  there  are  many  ready  to  follow. 


SS«iy.it-     ..  •  _       _. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


MATT   HOVECK 

LITTLE  German  lad  not  more  than 
eleven  years  of  age  stepped  up  to  the 
big  superintendent  of  the  Anaconda 
Mine  in  Butte,  Montana,  one  day  a 
good  many  years  ago,  and  asked  for 
work.  The  foreman  looked  him  over, 
smiled  to  himself,  and  asked  the  boy  what  he  thought  he 
could  do.  "There  is  nothing  in  a  mine  that  you  could 
do,  my  lad,"  said  the  superintendent.  But  the  boy  was 
not  so  certain  of  that.  He  convinced  the  miner  that  even 
an  eleven-year-old  boy  might  make  himself  useful  if  he 
chose  so  to  do.  And  the  superintendent  sent  him  away 
promising  to  see  him  again  later  in  the  day. 

At  the  second  meeting  he  sent  the  boy  to  the  foreman 
who  looked  at  him,  laughed,  and  sent  him  back  to  the 
superintendent.     The    latter    had   taken    a    fancy    to   the 
plucky  little  chap  and  recognized  in  him  the  kind  of  ma- 
terial that  men  are  made  of. 

"Sit  down  a  minute,  and  I  will  take  you  to  the  foreman 
myself,"  said  the  superintendent.  And  the  next  day  the 
boy  went  to  work  in  the  Anaconda  Mine. 

At  first  his  duties  consisted  of  carrying  water  to  the 
men  in  the  stopes.  Then  one  thing  and  another,  until 
there  was  little  about  a  mine  that  the  boy  did  not  know. 
At  the  age  of  eighteen  years,  Matt  Hoveck,  for  it  was 
Matt  Hoveck,  was  made  foreman  of  the  great  Anaconda 
Mine.  Men  many  years  his  senior  took  orders  from  him 
willingly.  His  small  beginning  had  grown  to  be  some- 
thing large  and  ever  since  then  Matt  Hoveck  has  been 
forging  to  the  front  among  practical  mining  men. 
Born  in  Germany,  he  came  to  America  when  he  was 


MATT  HOVECK 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


about  ten  years  of  age.  His  family  settled  in  New  York, 
and  there  the  boy  received  his  first  knowledge  of  the 
English  language. 

Before  the  gold  rush  into  Nevada,  Mr.  Hoveck  mined 
in  various  districts,  and  had  charge  of  some  of  the  import- 
ant mining  properties  of  Arizona.  He  was  in  Tonopah  at 
the  time  "Bob''  Montgomery  went  into  the  Bullfrog  dis- 
trict, and  he  met  Mr.  Montgomery  when  he  was  returning 
from  his  second  trip  into  the  field  of  the  new  excitement. 

"Things  look  pretty  good  down  there,  you  had  better 
come  back  with  me,"  advised  Mr.  Montgomery,  and 
Matt  Hoveck  went.  He  became  superintendent  of  the 
Montgomery-Shoshone  Mine,  and  put  the  first  pick  into 
Shoshone  ground.  Under  his  supervision  a  prospect  be- 
came a  mine,  and  he  was  still  in  charge  when  the  property 
was  purchased  by  Charles  M.  Schwab. 

When  Mr.  Schwab  took  over  the  Montgomery-Sho- 
shone ,there  were  four  million  dollars  in  sight,  and  1,700 
feet  of  development  work  had  been  done.  Mr.  Hoveck 
also  had  an  interest  in  this  mine,  which  netted  him  a  nice 
little  fortune.  He  resigned  his  position  as  superintendent 
in  May,  1906,  to  take  charge  of  Bob  Montgomery's  inter- 
ests at  Skidoo. 

As  Matt  Hoveck  made  a  mine  in  Bullfrog,  so  he  has 
been  doing  at  Skidoo  and  he  has  built  a  town  around 
this  mine.  What  the  Montgomery-Shoshone  mine  has 
done  for  Bullfrog,  the  Skidoo  mine  will  do  for  this  new 
section,  and  "Bob"  Montgomery  and  his  superintendent 
form  a  team  that  is  sure  to  win. 

Matt  Hoveck  is  a  great  big  good-natured,  open-hearted, 
generous  man.  His  kingdom  is  a  mine,  and  the  world  he 
really  loves  best  is  the  world  carpeted  with  sand  and 
sagebrush,  bounded  on  four  sides  by  hills  of  gold  and 
peopled  with  miners. 


Who's    Who    in     Nevada. 


BUSCH   BROTHERS 


HREE  brothers,  count  'em,  all  true  blue, 
Frank  J.,  Peter  A.  and  J.  E.  Busch, 
form  a  close  family  corporation  which 
is  doing  big  things  in  the  Nevada  coun- 
try. Frank  Busch  was  the  founder  of 
Rhyolite,  that  live  town  in  the  Bullfrog 
District.  He,  with  P.  R.  Stanley,  located  Rhyolite  and 
sold  the  first  lot — for  $50.  The  brothers  Busch  are  na- 
tives of  Ohio,  but  are  now  thoroughly  Nevadan.  All  have 
had  a  wide  experience  in  mining  and  business  ventures. 
Frank  Busch  gained  his  first  mining  lore  in  Colorado, 
went  to  Alaska  seven  years  ago,  then  tried  Arizona  for  a 
time,  returned  to  Colorado  and  came  to  Goldfield  when 
labor  troubles  in  the  Cripple  Creek  District  caused  active 
operations  there  to  be  suspended  temporarily.  The  newer 
camp  farther  south  attracted  himi  and  Rhyolite  is  the  re- 
sult. There  he  was  joined  by  his  two  brothers,  and  they 
started  a  business  in  mining  stocks,  real  estate  and  min- 
ing properties  that  has  grown  to  large  proportions.  The 
pioneer  brother  in  Rhyolite  also  engaged  extensively  in 
Manhattan  deals,  opening  an  office  there  and  buying  some 
fine  properties.  Later  he  opened  an  office  in  Goldfield, 
where  he  at  once  became  prominent  in  the  business  life  of 
the  town.  Peter  A.  and  J.  E.  Busch  entered  Rhyolite  in 
1905.  The  former  was  superintendent  of  the  Bullfrog 
Peerless  and  brought  about  the  sale  of  the  property  to  a 
big  New  York  syndicate  for  $100,000  cash.  J.  E.  was 
connected  with  the  Cook  Bank  previous  to  the  time  he 
went  to  Rhyolite.  He  is  now  secretary  of  the  firm. 

They    are    all    practical    miners,    each     has     worked 
in  the  shafts  and  any  one  of  the  three  can  run  an  engine 


BUSCH  BROTHERS 


201 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


or  put  in  timbers  with  expert  skill.  They  have  interests 
in  Lee,  Skidoo,  Greenwater,  Ibex  District,  Utah  oil  fields, 
Wonder  and  many  other  localities.  The  firm  has  the  rec- 
ord of  making  more  sales  of  -mining  property  than  any 
other  in  the  district.  Peter  Busch  is  director  of  the  First 
National  Bank  of  Rhyolite,  secretary  of  the  Rhyolite 
Power  Company,  vice-president  of  the  Board  of  Trade, 
and  a  school  director.  Two  have  yielded  to  Cupid's  darts, 
while  J.  E.  has  as  yet  remained  a  bachelor. 

Although  the  Busch  brothers  are  interested  in  nearly 
every  camp  in  Nevada  they  still  count  Rhyolite  their  home, 
and  they  are  patriotic  boosters  for  the  town.  Personally 
there  is  not  a  trio  of  young  fellows  with  more  friends, 
anywhere  in  the  country.  Square,  generous-hearted, 
wide-awake,  energetic  boys,  they  are  rightly  loved  by  all 
who  know  them.  They  can  tell  many  stories  of  their 
early  days  in  various  mining  camps,  and  all  of  them  love 
the  big  free  life  of  the  West. 

A  splendid  working  trio  they  make.  One  brother  de- 
votes most  of  his  time  to  the  actual  business  of  mining; 
another,  to  the  brokerage  end,  and  the  youngest  who  is 
a  thoroughly  trained  office  man,  gives  his  attention  to  the 
inside  work. 


Who's     Who    in    Nevada. 


CURTIS   MANN 

ATER,  water,  water !  has  always  been  the 
cry  of  the  trail  blazer  of  the  desert,  and 
water  has  played  an  important  part  in 
many  a  desert  fight.  When  a  little 
handful  of  men  were  trying  to  estab- 
lish the  town  of  Rhyolite  as  a  rival  of 
Bullfrog  in  the  Bullfrog  District,  one  of  the  chief  obstacles 
they  had!  to  overcome  was  the  lack  of  water.  Curtis 
Mann  realized  that  the  town  which  should  first  be  able 
to  provide  its  people  with  water  in  abundance  would  be 
the  town  that  would  win  the  fight.  With  this  end  in  view- 
he  promoted  the  Indian  Springs  Water  Company,  and  in 
ninety  days  after  the  first  paper  was  signed  four  miles 
of  pipe  line  had  been  laid,  a  pumping  plant  erected,  and 
water  was  there  for  all  comers. 

Curtis  Mann  is  a  splendid  representative  of  the  best 
type  of  Western  man.  He  was  born  in  Wisconsin  and  re- 
ceived his  education  at  St.  John's  Military  School,  where 
he  studied  civil  and  mining  engineering,  but  most  of  his 
life  has  been  spent  in  the  West. 

He  has  mined  in  various  parts  of  Colorado  and  became 
interested  in  a  lease  on  the  Combination  Fraction  in  Gold- 
field  before  he  ever  saw  Nevada.  It  was  to  investigate 
this  lease  that  he  came  to  the  sagebrush  state.  He  is  the 
kind  of  man  who  never  lets  a  good  opportunity  pass,  and 
hearing  that  houses  were  much  in  demand  in  Goldfield,  he 
sent  out  two  carloads  of  house  tents.  The  same  week 
lumber  arrived  in  Goldfield,  and  when  he  tried  to  dispose 
of  his  tents  he  was  met  with  "I  want  a  house."  He  had 
never  built  a  house  in  his  life,  but  he  made  a  beginning, 
bought  all  the  lumber  that  was  to  be  had,  employed  fifteen 


CURTIS   MANN 


204 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


carpenters  and  put  up  fifteen  of  the  first  houses  in  camp. 
He  went  into  the  Bullfrog  District  with  the  vanguard, 
built  the  first  frame  office  building  in  camp,  and  this  he 
occupies  today.  He  has  brought  as  much  outside  capital 
into  the  camp  as  any  other  man. 

When  he  first  arrived  in  Rhyolite  he  bought  many  pros- 
pects, taking  a  chance  on  anything  ofTered  to  him  at  a 
reasonable  sum.  Many  of  these  he  has  developed  with- 
out finding  anything,  but  all  the  money  has  been  spent 
in  legitimate  mining — it  has  been  put  into  the  ground. 
He  is  among  the  first  on  the  ground  in  every  mining  rush 
in  the  southern  part  of  the  State,  always  looking  for  the 
prospect  which  will  some  day  make  a  great  mine.  He 
has  the  confidence  of  capitalists  in  various  parts  of  the 
country,  and  all  of  them  are  ready  to  go  into  the  thing 
which  he  considers  the  right  one.  Since  he  first  went  to 
Bullfrog  he  has  kept  two  prospectors  in  the  field  most  of 
the  time,  and  one  of  them  broke  samples  from  the  ground 
which  is  now  the  property  of  the  famous  Skidoo  mine 
owned  by  Bob  Montgomery.  The  samples  were  taken 
from  a  point  within  a  few  feet  of  the  outcroppings  which 
later  led  to  the  discovery  of  the  mine.  Energetic  and  full 
of  ambition,  Curtis  Mann  is  one  of  the  men  who  will  go 
ahead  in  spite  of  all  obstacles. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


JUDGE  L.  O.  RAY 

HERE  is  a  big  little  man  in  Rhyolite 
who  has  a  friend  in  almost  every  in- 
habited block  in  the  southern  desert.  A 
long  time  ago,  or  rather  a  short  time 
ago,  when  Tonopah  was  very  young, 
he  was  justice  of  the  peace  and  the}) 
called  him  judge.  His  name  is  Lorin  O.  Ray,  but  he  is 
Judge  Ray  wherever  he  goes. 

A  mining  excitement  in  Southern  Nevada  would  not 
be  the  real  thing  if  Judge  Ray  were  not  there,  for  he  has 
had  a  share  in  all  of  them.  He  tried  his  luck  in  Tonopah 
and  then  he  prospected  off  to  the  north  and  located  the 
present  camp  of  Ray. 

He  went  to  Goldfield,  but  that  was  also  out  of  his  streak 
of  luck.  He  sunk  the  first  shaft  on  the  Mohawk  ground 
but  missed  the  ledge  which  was  later  worked  as  the  Ka!- 
fus  lease. 

He  struck  Bullfrog  just  at  the  right  time  and  has 
lived  there  ever  since,  one  of  the  most  respected  of  re- 
spected citizens.  Judge  Ray  was  one  of  the  four  locators 
of  the  Tramps,  Denver,  Victor,  Peerlesses  and  Eclipse; 
and  with  his  associates  realized  a  comfortable  fortune 
from  the  sale  of  these. 

Nye  county  sent  him  to  the  legislature  as  one  of  her 
three  representatives  for  the  last  session  and  Rhyolite  has 
made  him  president  of  her  board  of  trade  and  given  him  a 
first  place  among  her  citizens.  He  is  of  small  stature,  keen 
eye,  and  industrious  and  fearless  nature;  as  open  hearted 
and  patriotic  as  they  can  be  found. 

Judge  Ray  is  president  of  the  Rhyolite  Mining  and 
Brokerage  Company  and  has  heavy  interests  all  over  the 
state. 


JUDGE  L.  O.  RAY 


707 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


SAM  F.  LINDSAY 


ROMINENT  among  the  factors  which 
go  to  make  life  in  the  desert  mining 
camp  not  only  bearable  but  enjoyable. 
is  the  social  club. 

Tonopah  has  its  Mizpah  Club ;  Gold- 
field  its  Montezuma  Club,  and  Rhyolite 
now  has  its  Shoshone  Club.  To  the  credit  of  Sam  F. 
Lindsay,  county  commissioner,  miner,  business  man  and 
all  around  substantial  citizen,  stands  the  last  organiza- 
tion. As  president  of  the  organization  he  piloted  it 
through  its  early  days,  and  with  the  help  of  the  prom- 
inent citizens  of  the  camp  planned  the  beautiful  club 
house  as  a  center  of  social  life. 

Sam  Lindsay  is  a  pioneer  in  the  Bullfrog  district.  He 
arrived  here  December  13,  1904,  and  came  prepared  to 
work  with  the  pick.  For  two  years  previous  he  mined 
in  Tonopah,  coming  there  from  Colorado.  With  him 
came  George  J.  Welsh  and  the  two  formed  a  partner- 
ship ;  while  one  worked  in  camp  for  money  with  which 
to  prospect,  the  other  one  tramped  the  hills,  locating 
claims.  They  took  turn  about  until  Welsh  died  in  1905. 
Mr.  Lindsay  was  born  in  Burke  County,  North  Caro- 
lina, May  3,  1870.  He  is  president  of  the  Bullfrog 
Amethyst  Extension  Company,  president  of  the  Hay- 
seed and  vice-president  of  the  Lee  Bell  Mining  Company, 
He  is  vice-president  and  director  of  the  Rhyolite  Power 
Company  and  director  of  the  First  National  Bank.  He 
is  a  staunch  Democrat  and  was  recently  elected  county 
commissioner  on  that  ticket. 

Sam  Lindsay  is  honored  as  a  man  who  is  square  in 
everything.  He  is  a  thorough  Western  man,  quiet  and 
earnest,  and  true  to  the  core. 


SAM   F.  LINDSAY 


Who's 

Who     in 

Nevada. 

JUDGE  J.  B.  LINDSAY 


UDGE  J.  B.  LINDSAY  is  another  man 
of  good  old  Southern  stock,  who  has 
sought  and  found  fortune  in  the  West. 
After  you  talk  to  Judge  Lindsay  you 
know  he  is  a  Southerner ;  after  you 
talk  to  him  again  you  know  he  is 
from  North  Carolina.  There  he  was  born  and  spent  his 
early  youth.  He  was  educated  at  Savoy  College  in  Texas 
and,  imbued  with  the  wisdom  he  had  accumulated  there, 
began  to  impart  it  to  others,  teaching  school  for  three 
years.  This  occupation  was  not  sufficiently  remunerative 
for  an  ambitious  man,  and  Mr.  Lindsay  went  to  the  Great 
Northwest. 

While  Tonopah  was  in  its  swaddling  clothes,  Mr.  Lind- 
say arrived  on  the  scene.  More  or  less  interested  in  pol- 
itics he  was  chosen  by  the  Democrats  as  nominee  for  jus- 
tice of  the  peace,  and  his  popularity  was  such  that  he  led 
the  entire  ticket.  He  was  the  first  justice  of  the  peace  in 
the  camp.  This  gave  him  his  title  of  Judge. 

Mr.  Lindsay  entered  the  Bullfrog  District  when  things 
began  to  boom  three.  He  was  one  of  the  promoters  of 
the  Mayflower,  Starlight  and  many  other  first-class  prop- 
erties in  the  surrounding  district.  He  is  one  of  the 
heaviest  owners  of  mining  property  in  Lee,  and  is  an  offi- 
cer and  director  in  a  dozen  mining  companies.  He 
founded  the  Rhyolite  Mining  and  Brokerage  Company. 

Judge  Lindsay  is  and  will  be  as  long  as  he  lives  in  the 
district,  one  of  the  leaders.  Fortune  has  smiled  upon  him 
and  good  business  judgment  and  good  luck  have  com- 
bined for  him.  He  is  prominent  in  Masonic  circles,  being 
a  member  of  the  Knights  Templars  Commandery. 


JUDGE  J.  B.  LINDSAY 


211 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


JOHN  L.  CADOGAN 

ALK  if  you  will  about  the  oldest  living 
Mason,  the  only  survivor  of  the  Custer 
massacre,  or  the  most  ancient  veteran  of 
the  Mexican  war,  but  here  is  a  man  who 
will  be  pointed  out  in  the  days  to  come 
as  a  pioneer,  the  man  who  occupied  the 
first  office  in  the  first  frame  building  that  was  built  in 
Rhyolite  and  was  the  first,  broker  to  engage  in  business 
in  that  place. 

John  L.  Cadogan,  of  John  L.  Cadogan  &  Company, 
brokers,  is  a  California!!  by  birth.  He  was  born  in  Oak- 
land June  6,  1879. 

He  became  interested  in  the  brokerage  business  in  San 
Francisco  and  when  the  rush  to  Rhyolite  began  to  draw 
hundreds  in  its  wake  Mr.  Cadogan  was  not  the  one  to 
be  left  behind.  He  arrived  in  what  was  then  a  tent  city 
in  August,  1905. 

Seeing  the  possibilities  for  a  legitimate  brokerage  bus;- 
ness  in  what  he  knew  was  destined  to  be  a  thriving  camp 
and  later  a  somewhat  pretentious  town  Mr.  Cadogan 
opened  an  office.  Later  he  was  joined  by  A.  G.  Cadogan. 
The  business  prospered  from  the  start. 

He  is  prominent  among  mining  men  and  brokerage 
houses  in  Nevada.  Mr.  Cadogan  was  one  of  the  principal 
movers  in  the  effort  to  organize  a  mining  stock  exchange 
in  Rhyolite. 

He  was  elected  vice-president  of  the  exchange,  and  has 
given  time  and  attention  to  its  upbuilding. 

One  of  Mr.  Cadogan 's  most  successful  enterprises  was 
the  flotation  of  the  stock  of  the  Homestake  mine  which 
is  one  of  the  best  properties  of  the  Bullfrog  district. 


JOHN   L.  CADOGAN 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


LEONARD  B.  McGARRY 

ESERT  transportation,  in  its  natural  se- 
quence, runs  somewhat  to  this  order : 
burro,  freighting  team,  and  railroad. 
The  man  who  is  wise  enough  to  go  into 
the  freighting  and  transfer  business  in 
the  days  before  the  railroad  comes  is 
likely  to  build  a  foundation  for  his  prospective  fortunes, 
as  Leonard  B.  McGarry  can  tell  you  from  experience.  In 
the  spring  of  1902  he  went  to  Tonopah  and  established  a 
transfer  and  freighting  business  between  that  place  and 
Sodaville. 

The  son  of  a  Eureka  pioneer,  he  had  the  mining  fever 
fairly  well  developed  from  the  start,  and  his  digressions 
from  this  occupation  were  means  to  an  end.  When  Gold- 
field  arrived  on  the  map  Len  McGarry  went  there  and 
opened  the  first  lumber  yard  in  the  camp,  and  acquired 
mining  interests.  In  August,  1904,  he  came  to  Bullfrog 
and  went  into  the  general  merchandise  business.  His 
store  building  was  a  tent,  for  this  was  before  the  town  of 
Rhyolite  was  even  started.  He  located  the  property  now 
known  as  the  Bullfrog  West  Extension,  one  of  the  best 
in  the  section. 

He  promoted  Bullfrog  Teddy,  adjoining  the  West  Ex- 
tension, and  one  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  shares  were 
offered  at  five  cents  a  share,  from  which  the  property  was 
developed  in  a  manner  to  justify  the  original  locators  in 
advancing  the  funds  necessary  to  carry  on  the  work  to  its 
present  state. 

Mr.  McGarry  has  interests  in  the  townsite  of  Lee  and 
is  connected  with  the  Burro  Fraction  Mining  Company 
and  the  Hayseed  Extension  Mining  Company.  In  addi- 
tion he  has  locations  in  Ubehebe. 


LEONARD  B.  McGARRY 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


JOHN  J.  FAGAN 

HE  "Terry  McGovern''  of  Nevada  lives 
in  Rhyolite  and  his  name  is  Fagan,  with 
a  John  J.  before  it.  He  rights  just  as 
hard  as  Terry,  but  not  quite  in  the  same 
way.  Not  that  he  does  not  fight  fair, 
but  his  are  legal  encounters  incident  to 
the  disputed  rights  of  all  extensive  locators  and  operators 
of  mineral  territory  in  Nevada,  where  laws,  rules  and 
regulations  are  as  yet  somewhat  uncrystallized. 

Mr.  Fagan  came  from  Denver  immediately  on  the  re- 
ported discovery  of  the  Bullfrog  district.  His  capital  with 
which  he  came  to  "operate"  consisted  of  $45  ;  but  his  tech- 
nical education,  practical  knowledge  of  mining  and  de- 
termination to  take  hold,  compensated — as  it  does  in  Ne- 
vada— for  the  lack  of  capital.  He  is  now  actively  operat- 
ing from  his  Rhyolite  office  properties  in  many  of  the 
principal  districts  of  Southern  Nevada.  He  and  his  men 
were  among  the  very  first  locators  of  Bullfrog,  Green- 
water,  Skidoo,  Lees,  Ubeheba,  Gold  Mountain  and  other 
new  camps  south  of  Goldfield. 

It  was  during  these  "rushes,"  when  dates  of  location 
were  frequently  designated  by  the  hour  and  minute,  and 
overlapping  lines  could  not  be  closely  determined,  that  he 
acquired  the  titles  of  "Fighting  Terry"  and  "Fraction 
Jack." 

He  was  one  of  the  original  owners  of  a  considerable 
portion  of  the  Rhyolite  townsite.  His  hundreds  of  loca- 
tions he  has  developed  mostly  personally,  incorporating 
but  three  companies 

His  success  is  largely  due  to  the  fact  that  he  has  shown 
the  same  energy  in  the  holding  and  developing  of  his 
properties  that  he  has  in  their  acquirement. 


ytf*£ 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


DAN  MURPHY 

ANY  men  who  tried  their  luck  in  Tono- 
pah  and  Goldfield  with  indifferent  suc- 
cess, went  to  Bullfrog  with  the  first 
rush  ,and  in  that  new  field  made  both 
name  and  fortune.  Among  the  pio- 
neers of  Rhyolite  who  have  had  re- 
markable success  are  the  Murphy  brothers,  four  in  num- 
ber and  fine  fellows,  all  of  them. 

At  present  there  is  but  one  of  them  in  Rhyolite,  Dan 
Murphy ;  his  brothers  whose  names  are  closely  connected 
with  the  early  history  of  the  camp,  have  departed  for 
other  fields. 

Dan  Murphy  was  the  first  of  the  brothers  to  arrive. 
He  came  from  Colorado  where  he  had  been  mining  for 
several  years  and  pitched  his  tent  first  in  Tonopah  and 
later  in  Goldfield.  He  had  learned  his  ,mining  lessons 
from  the  field,  and  was  thus  able  to  take  advantage  of 
the  many  good  opportunities.  He  secured  some  good 
claims  and  some  of  these  helped  very  materially  to  in- 
crease his  bank  account. 

He  is  one  of  the  inmates  of  "The  Bullpen,"  and  the 
Bullpen  is  famed  afar. 

Every  one  who  knows  anything  about  the  Bullfrog 
district  knows  a  little  about  this  jolly  bachelor  house 
around  which  much  of  the  social  life  of  the  camps  cen- 
ter. With  Miles  and  Clement  Millward,  and  J.  L.  Cado- 
gan,  Dan  Murphy  completes  a  quartet  of  royal  hosts  who 
have  entertained  many  a  visitor  and  sent  him  away 
praising  the  hospitality,  and  in  fact  everything  else,  in 
Rhyolite.  Young,  generous-hearted,  daring,  possessed 
of  keen  Irish  wit  and  Western  broadness,  Dan  Murphy  is 
a  man  who  needs  onlv  to  be  known  to  be  admired. 


DAN  MURPHY 


111 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


FRANK   P.  MANNIX 


X  the  microscopic  slide  of  "Who's  Who 
in  Nevada"  there  now  rests  a  new 
specimen  whom  we  will  proceed  to  ex- 
amine with  something  akin  to  awe.  He 
belongs  to  that  much  maligned,  some- 
times feared,  occasionally  appreciated, 
but  altogether  necessary  and  useful  class  known  as  news- 
paper men.  These  individuals,  not  numerous  but  gener- 
ally in  evidence,  have  followed  closely  in  the  wake  of  the 
pathfinders  who  blazed  the  way  into  the  heart  of  the 
Western  desert. 

Frank  P.  Mannix,  editor  and  founder  of  the  pioneer 
newspaper,  the  Bullfrog  Miner,  is  a  man  who  has  given 
of  his  time  and  his  talents,  as  few  others  have  done,  to 
make  of  Southern  Nevada  something  more  than  a  sage- 
brush waste.  He  was  born  in  Malone,  New  York,  forty- 
five  years  ago.  (He  does  not  look  it,  but  the  family 
Bible  can  not  lie.)  At  the  age  of  eighteen  years  he  was 
publisher,  editor,  devil  and  ex-offfcio  owner  of  a  weekly 
paper  at  Degraff,  Minn.,  one  of  Bishop  Ireland's  colonies. 
He  served  a  sentence  of  six  months  in  Degraff,  and  then 
accepted  a  job  of  doing  nothing  on  the  Diamond  Joe 
passenger  steamer  running  between;  St.  Paul  and  St. 
Louis.  He  could  not  stay  away  from  the  newspaper 
offices  and  at  the  time  Garfield  was  assassinated  he  was 
"holding  down"  the  telegraph  desk  on  the  Omaha  Bee. 
(This  is  not  intended  in  any  way  to  establish  an  alibi.) 
He  established  the  Victor  Record,  in  the  Cripple  Creek 
District,  and  later  was  elected  clerk  and  recorder  of  Teller 
County,  serving  two  terms.  He  came  to  Rhyolite  in  Feb- 
ruary, 1905. 


FRANK  P.  MANNIX 


221 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


HARRY  G.  McMAHON 


HRILLING  experiences  on  the  desert  in 
pursuit  of  the  fickle  goddess  Fortune 
have  not  aged  Harry  G.  McMahon,  but 
they  have  made  him  fearless,  self-reliant 
and  strongly  adherent  to  a  fixed  pur- 
pose ;  in  all,  a  typical  man  from  Nevada. 
His  pursuit  of  this  divinity,  already  mentioned,  has  not 
been  without  a  goodly  measure  of  success,  and  there  is 
none  that  begrudges  him  his  well-merited  achievements. 

He  is  the  son  of  John  McMahon,  a  pioneer  of  the  Corn- 
stock  Lode,  who  penetrated  South  Africa,  China,  South 
America,  and  Mexico  in  his  search  for  the  treasures  of 
the  earth.  Harry  McMahon  was  born  in  Santa  Rosa. 
California,  not  so  very  many  years  ago.  He  wandered 
through  Idaho  and  Alaska  before  Nevada  claimed  him 
In  the  days  when  Rhyolite  was  not,  Mr.  McMahon  located 
150  claims  in  the  southern  part  of  the  state,  and  has  been 
prominently  connected  with  the  development  of  this  great 
storehouse  of  wealth. 

He  was  interested  in  bringing  about  the  Mayflower 
Consolidation  of  the  Mayflower  and  Starlight  properties, 
and  he  has  been  among  the  foremost  in  the  advancement 
of  many  big  and  profitable  concerns.  He  is  also  deeply 
interested  in  the  Croesus,  Banner,  and  Midas  properties. 
But  that  is  not  all,  for  Tecopa,  Greenwater,  and  Wonder 
claim  a  considerable  amount  of  his  attention. 

Harry  McMahon  is  a  practical  miner  who  has  learned 
his  lessons  from  the  field,  and  knows  a  mine  when  he  sees 
it.  He  numbers  his  friends  in  every  section  of  the  coun- 
try he  has  visited,  and  whether  in  the  corridors  of  the 
Alexandria  in  Los  Angeles,  or  deep  underground  in  a 
mine,  he's  the  same  genial,  likeable  fellow. 


MANHA'     'AN 


224 


MANHATTAN 


ND  still  she  lives — this  is  the  wonder 
about  Manhattan.  Not  that  she  is  un- 
worthy to  live — the  fight  that  she  has 
made  for  existence  proves  her  worthi- 
ness. 

Leave  a  man  out  on  the  desert  crip- 
pled and  without  food  and  water,  and  if  that  man  is  ever 
heard  of  again  it  is  because  he  has  in  him  something  that 
cannot  be  killed. 

No  camp  in  Nevada  has  been  through  the  fire  and  come 
out  as  Manhattan  has.  Because  down  in  the  earth  she 
has  the  stuff  of  which  mines  are  made  and  on  the  earth 
she  has  men  with  the  faith  and  courage  to  make  mines, 
she  is  not  only  alive  but  forging  to  the  front  with  rapid 
strides.  Her  men  are  mining  in  the  ground  and  not  in 
other  people's  pockets. 

It  has  been  a  troubled  life  which  this  camp  has  led 
perched  upon  the  hillsides  in  the  most  beautiful  portion 
of  the  southern  desert. 

As  long  ago  as  the  Comstock  days,  W.  E.  Ralston 
mined  in  the  Ralston  desert.  He  and  his  associates  were 
looking  for  high  grade  lead  and  silver  ores  and  paying  lit- 
tle attention  to  gold  mining.  They  called  the  district 
Manhattan.  With  the  demonetization  of  silver  the  work- 
ings were  abandoned  and  Manhattan  was  forgotten. 

All  that  was  left  was  the  name. 

Early  in  Apil,  1905,  Jack  Humphrey,  a  cowboy  who 
had  many  times  ridden  through  the  district  on  his  way  to 
Austin  or  Smokey  Valley,  and  Ed.  Seyler  discovered  gold 
north  of  the  former  district.  They  located  claims  and 
went  to  Tonopah  with  their  assays.  These  proved  bet- 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


ter  than  indications  promised  and  the  Manhattan  of  today 
is  the  result. 

People  went  mad  over  the  new  discovery.  In  San 
Francisco  they  had  laughed  at  the  idea  of  investing  money 
in  Tonopah  and  when  Goldfield  was  discovered  they  still 
turned  dubious  eyes  on  Nevada's  mining  possibilities. 
With  Bullfrog  they  were  too  late  and  most  of  them  by 
that  time  imbued  with  the  speculative  fever  made  a  grab 
at  anything  Manhattan  had  to  offer.  Mining  men  from 
Nevada  would  stand  on  the  streets  in  San  Francisco  with 
samples  of  ore. 

"Where  did  you  get  it  ?"  was  the  first  question  of  the 
pedestrian,  and  a  mad  rush  to  Manhattan  followed.  Min- 
ing was  done  on  paper.  The  wildcatters  reaped  a  harvest. 
Property  was  bought  and  sold  and  bought  again  without 
ever  being  seen.  In  the  midst  of  all  this  speculation  a 
few  reliable  mining  men  secured  some  splendid  properties. 
The  gold  was  there  and  that  was  all  that  was  needed. 
It  is  there  today.  The  camp  was  just  beginning  to  recover 
from  this  gambling  era  when  the  San  Francisco  disaster 
came.  San  Francisco  money  ceased  coming  into  Nevada. 
The  San  Francisco  mine  owners  had  nothing  with  which 
to  operate.  Mines  had  to  be  shut  down.  And  yet  Man- 
hattan lives. 

A  few  determined  men  went  to  work  to  prove  to  the 
world  that  the  stock  market  is  only  a  very  small  part  of 
mining.  They  went  to  work  to  make  mines.  With  very 
small  capital  they  kept  somje  of  the  best  properties  going 
and  more  and  more  have  been  opened  with  each  month. 
Manhattan  has  now  recovered  from  a  double  depression. 
The  camp  is  so  far  from  a  raiload  that  it  was  necessary 
to  put  up  mills  and  this  has  taken  time.  Today  there  are 
sixty-five  properties  in  the  district  showing  ore  and  nearly 


mZvjL. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


400,000  tons  of  milling  ore  developed.  Three  ten  stamp 
mills  are  in  operation  and  four  more  will  be  built  within 
six  months.  The  camp  has  the  largest  mineralized  zone 
of  milling  ore  of  any  in  the  state  so  far  as  is  known  at 
present. 

Prior  to  the  San  Francisco  disaster  there  were  more 
than  6,000  people  in  camp  and  it  was  impossible  to  get  a 
bed  in  the  town.  Men  made  fortunes  in  automobiles  run- 
ning between  Tonopah  and  Manhattan  and  prospective 
buyers  fought  for  a  seat  in  them. 

Now  the  camp  is  on  the  map  to  stay.  She  has  her  Man- 
hattan Consolidated,  her  Manhattan  Bryfogle,  Rocklin, 
Stray  Dog,  Wolftone,  Thanksgiving,  Forked  Stick,  Seyler 
Humphrey,  Chipmunk,  Pine  Nut,  Paymaster,  Manhattan 
Giant,  Mustang,  Little  Gray,  Grannie,  Manhattan  Mining, 
Manhattan  Giant  and  a  large  number  of  other  mines. 

Though  stocks  go  down,  the  mines  are  there  and  it  is 
safe  to  say  Manhattan  will  have  more  real  surprises  in 
store  for  the  mineral  world  some  day. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


CADA  C.  BOAK 

UITE  by  accident  have  some  of  the 
greatest  mining  properties  of  the 
world  been  -found,  and  many  men  have 
tramped  many  times  over  ground  which 
later  some  one  man  has  proved  to  be 
a  treasure  vault  for  fabulous  wealth. 
"The  mine  that  made  Manhattan  famous"  as  the  Man- 
hattan Consolidated  Mine  is  called,  was  discovered  in 
just  such  a  way.  In  the  summer  of  1905,  when  the  first 
rich  finds  were  being  made  in  Manhattan,  Cada  C.  Boak, 
then  operating  in  Tonopah,  sent  Howard  Burr,  a  pros- 
pector into  the  new  field  and  Mr.  Burr  located  among 
other  properties  in  the  district  the  claim  which  is  now  the 
scene  of  the  main  workings  of  The  Consolidated. 

In  the  following  September  Mr.  Boak  went  to  Man- 
hattan with  Mr.  Burr  and  on  that  trip,  while  breaking 
rock  under  a  tree,  Mr.  Boak  accidently  discovered  the 
free  gold  which  designated  the  great  Consolidated  ledge. 
He  and  his  companion  at  once  covered  up  their  find  and 
went  to  Tonopah  to  negotiate  the  purchase  of  adjoining 
property.  Mr.  Boak  then  formed  the  Manhattan  Consol- 
idated Mines  Company  and  work  was  begun  at  once.  The 
mine  is  one  of  the  best  equipped  in  Southern  Nevada  and 
Mr.  Boak  still  retains  the  controlling  interest  and  is  at 
the  helm.  He  purchased  the  property  and  organized  the 
original  Manhattan  Mines  Company,  another  of  the  most 
promising  mines  of  the  district,  and  upon  the  organiza- 
tion of  the  Round  Mountain  Antelope  Mining  Company 
was  made  its  president.  Mr.  Boak  and  Judge  Lewis 
Rogers  of  Goldfield  claim  the  distinction  of  having  taken 
out  of  the  Antelope  mines  with  their  own  hands,  the 


CADA  C.  BOAK 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


largest  and  most  valuable  free  gold  nugget  ever  found  in 
Nevada. 

On  Mr.  Boak's  recommendation  a  syndicate  composed 
of  himself  and  associates,  purchased  the  Manhattan 
Breyfogle  Mine,  which  is  attracting  attention  by  its  great 
bodies  of  ore.  He  also  owns  the  Rogers  Round  Moun- 
tain Mine,  and  has  interests  in  every  other  camp  of  im- 
portance in  the  state. 

Mr.  Boak  was  born  and  reared  on  a  large  stock  farm 
in  Hamilton  County,  Iowa,  and  comes  from  staunch  old 
Irish  and  Puritan  English  stock.  It  was  while  working 
in  one  of  the  eastern  cities  as  an  "advertising  expert" 
that  he  heard  of  Tonopah.  He  invested  money  in  small 
blocks  of  stock  and  finally  determined  to  try  what  this 
young  Eldorado  of  the  west  held  for  him.  He  landed  in 
Tonopah  in  the  summer  of  1904  with  $65  of  borrowed 
money  in  his  pocket  and  went  into  the  brokerage  business. 
He  soon  branched  away  from  this  as  his  private  interests 
demanded  too  much  of  his  time.  He  has  offices  in  Tono- 
pah, but  his  interests  in  Manhattan  make  it  necessary  for 
him  to  spend  much  of  his  time  there. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


JOHN  CARL  HUMPHREY 


HERE  was  a  day  not  long  past  when  the 
cowboy  was  king  of  Nevada  and  many 
men  who  are  successful  in  the  mining- 
world  today  have  lidden  the  ranges. 
To  a  cowboy  belongs  the  credit  of  the 
discovery  of  Manhattan.  John  Hum- 
phrey, who  broke  the  first  pay  rock  in  Manhattan,  was 
born  in  Austin,  Lander  County,  Nevada,  on  Christmas 
day,  1871.  His  boyhood  was  spent  in  this  wonderful  old 
silver  camp  and  there  it  was  that  he  learned  to  use  the 
rope.  For  years  he  had  ridden  up  and  down  Smokey 
Valley  and  many  times  had  loitered  in  the  canyon  which 
is  now  the  site  of  the  famous  gold  camp,  but  he  was 
looking  for  cows  then  and  the  possibilities  of  gold  did  not 
bother  him.  In  1901,  when  Tonopah  was  discovered  and 
interest  was  rife  in  that  section,  he  and  his  brother, 
Charles  Humphrey,  determined  to  try  their  luck  at  pros- 
pecting. He  spent  much  time  covering  the  ground  north 
and  west  of  Tonopah,  and  made  locations  in  many  places, 
but  it  was  not  until  April,  1905,  that  he  discovered  any- 
thing that  satisfied  him.  From  the  ground  which  is  now 
the  April  Fool  Mine,  he  broke  rock  which  appeared  to 
carry  values  and  after  locating  the  War  Eagle  and  the 
Mustang,  he  took  the  ore  to  Tonopah  to  have  it  assayed. 
The  assay  report  verified  his  hopes  and  he  at  once  returned 
to  the  ground.  In  the  midst  of  the  black  sage  and  pine 
and  juniper  trees,  he  located  a  townsite  and  the  Manhat- 
tan of  today  is  the  result.  He  was  successful  from  the 
start  in  interesting  outsiders  in  his  discovery,  and  the 
news  spread  like  wildfire  all  over  the  country. 


K  -Ui! 


JOHN  CARL  HUMPHREY 


233 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


FRANK  NAUGHTON 


NCE  quoted  a  father  to  his  son  in  far- 
away Ireland — "There  is  mineral  for 
all  ages  but  not  for  all  people" — and 
with  these  words  he  planted  in  the  boy's 
heart  a  desire  to  be  one  of  the  few  peo- 
ple. Perhaps  had  these  words  never 
been  spoken  Manhattan  might  not  be  as  well  known  to 
the  world  as  it  is  today.  Frank  Naughton  was  born  in 
Ireland  in  1868  and  came  to  America  when  he  was  about 
20  years  of  age.  He  landed  on  this  side  of  the  water 
without  money  and  was  glad  to  get  anything  he  could 
do  to  earn  a  little.  For  a  while  he  polished  pianos  for  a, 
living,  but  in  1892  he  decided  to  give  up  everything  else 
and  try  his  luck  in  the  gold  fields.  All  his  life  he  had 
wanted  to  mine  and  his  first  venture  was  in  California. 
He  went  under  the  ground  and  learned  from  mother 
earth  the  secrets  of  her  treasure  vaults.  It  was 
in  Alaska  that  he  made  his  first  stake.  For  five  years 
he  mined  in  Alaska  and  returned  to  the  states  just  in  time 
for  the  beginning  of  the  excitement  in  Tonopah.  It 
was  in  December,  1901,  that  he  arrived.  He  bonded  prop- 
erty in  Jefferson  Canyon  and  on  Morris  Creek,  but  it  was 
not  until  April,  1905,  that  he  made  locations  in  Manhattan. 
He  located  the  Big  Mogul,  on  Litigation  hill,  the  Turtle 
Dove,  Big  Chief,  Kosmopoge,  one,  two  and  three,  and  the 
Thelmas  group.  In  most  of  these  propetries  he  still  holds 
large  interests  and  on  the  Wolf  Tone  is  erecting  a  mill 
which  should  help  to  make  it  one  of  the  greatest  producers 
of  the  district.  He  is  a  practical  miner  considered  an 
authority  on  mining  and  a  square,  big-hearted  Nevadan. 


FRANK  NAUGHTON 


118 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


ROSS  MEDER 

FTER  the  mines,  come  the  banks,  recep- 
tacles for  the  wealth  that  Mother  Earth 
is  pouring  out.  This  is  the  story  of  a 
banker,  a  young  man  who  went  into  the 
business  when  he  was  sixteen  years  old 
and  has  made  more  of  a  success  than 
falls  to  the  lot  of  the  ordinary  man — Ross  Meder  of  Man- 
hattan, cashier  of  the  Nye  &  Ormsby  bank  in  that  thriv- 
ing town. 

No  other  state  can  dispute  Nevada's  claim  to  Mr. 
Meder,  for  he  was  born  in  Carson  City,  and  has  spent 
practically  his  entire  life  to  date  in  this  state.  He  started 
in  the  banking  business  about  the  year  1890  in  Carson 
City. 

In  1901  Mr.  Meder  went  to  Tonopah  to  accept  a  posi- 
tion with  the  State  Bank  and  Trust  Company.  Now  he  is 
cashier  of  the  Nye  &  Ormsby  Bank  at  Manhattan.  Ever 
since  the  early  days  of  Tonopah  the  young  banker  has  also 
been  interested  in  mining.  He  has  interests  in  the  Man- 
hattan Comstock,  Wolf  tone  and  Gray  Dexter,  in  Man- 
hattan, and  in  the  Jim  Butler  Extension  at  Tonopah. 

Never  satisfied  unless  he  is  progressing,  Mr.  Meder  is 
recognized  as  one  of  the  leaders  in  his  line  of  business  in 
the  state,  and  is  always  prominent  in  advancing  the  in- 
terests of  Nevada  and  Manhattan.  He  has  a  firm  belief 
in  Manhattan  as  a  permanent  mining  camp  and  he  is  one 
of  the  good  boosters  who  has  done  not  a  little  to  make 
the  name  and  fame  of  Manhattan  known  far  and  wide 
He  is  a  popular,  likable  young  man,  everybody  is  his 
friend,  and  he  has  the  confidence  and  respect  of  the  busi- 
ness interests  throughout  the  state. 


ROSS  MEDER 


M7 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


EDWARD  L.  RAYMOND 


DWARD  L.  RAYMOND,  cashier  of  the 
Bank  of  Manhattan,  might  have  been 
either  a  great  newspaper  proprietor  or 
an  attorney,  had  he  followed  any  hered- 
itary instincts  generally  supposed  to 
exist.  He  is  the  son  of  Edward  E. 
Raymond,  one  of  New  York's  most  prominent  attorneys, 
and  he  is  the  nephew  of  Henry  Raymond,  one  of  the 
founders  of  the  New  York  Times.  However,  the  West 
lured  him  away  from  any  career  the  East  might  have  had 
in  store  for  him.  In  1870  Mr.  Raymond  became  vice- 
president  of  the  State  National  Bank  of  Denver.  He  saw 
that  city  grow  from  a  population  of  30,000  to  150,000. 
During  the  boom  days  in  Leadville  he  was  in  that  camp 
and,  in  fact,  has  spent  the  greater  part  of  his  life  some- 
where near  the  frontier  line. 

Mr.  Raymond's  experiences  gave  him  an  excellent 
knowledge  of  mining  and  of  the  growth  of  business  in- 
terests in  mining  towns ;  consequently,  he  was  glad  to  ac- 
cept the  management  of  the  Manhattan  Bank  when  it  was 
offered  to  him  by  B.  L.  Smith,  whom  Mr.  Raymond  had 
known  in  Colorado.  This  is  the  only  home  bank  in  Man- 
hattan, and  it  has  been  popularized  by  Mr.  Raymond. 
He  knows  how  to  meet  men  and  how  to  talk  to  them.  He 
understands  Nevada  business  conditions  probably  as  well 
as  does  any  man  in  the  state,  and  his  business  judgment 
is  sane  and  sound. 

Mr.  Raymond  likes  Manhattan,  and  Manhattan  likes 
Mr.  Raymond.  He  thinks  it  is  a  good  camp  and  a  good 
place  to  live.  He  has  proved  this  by  taking  his  family 
there  to  live  in  a  home  that  he  owns. 


EDWARD    L.  RAYMOND 


ROUND  MOUNTAIN 


Ml 


ROUND  MOUNTAIN 


ONE  of  the  new  bonanza  mining-  camps 
of  Nevada  has  a  more  remarkable  or 
unique  history  than  that  of  Round 
Mountain.  No  other  camp  in  Nevada  is 
able  to  duplicate  the  following  wonder- 
ful list  of  achievements  on  which  it 
bases  its  claim  of  being  the  biggest-feeling  camp  on  earth. 

First. — The  mines  of  Round  Mountain  have)  been 
proven  and  developed  without  the  aid  of  any  outside 
capital.  From  the  time  the  first  shovelful  of  dirt  was 
turned,  the  gold  taken  out  has  been  more  than  sufficient 
to  carry  on  the  work. 

Second. — Before  the  camp  was  a  year  old  there  were 
two  mills  at  work  turning  out  approximately  $30,000.00 
worth  of  gold  bullion  per  month. 

Third. — The  first  extensive  placer  fields  of  Nevada 
were  discovered  on  and  around  Round  Mountain.  The 
discoverer  took  out  $40,000.00  worth  of  gold  in  six  weeks. 
The  dry-wash,  hydraulic  and  sluicing  methods  of  extract- 
ing the  ore  are  all  successfully  used. 

Fourth. — Properties  giving  promise  of  developing  into 
the  greatest  of  the  world's  tungsten  mines  have  been  dis- 
covered in  the  district.  This  alone,  without  an  ounce  of 
gold,  will  make  Round  Mountain  famous  the  world  over. 

All  of  this,  be  it  observed,  before  the  camp  had  cele- 
brated its  first  birthday.  It  is  the  purpose  of  this  article 
to  briefly  relate  what  this  young  giant  has  done  since  its 
first  anniversary,  and  the  tremendous  projects  which  it 
proposes  to  undertake,  many  of  which  are  already  under 
way. 

Gold  was  first  discovered  here  on  March  2nd,  1906,  by 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


two  prospectors,  "Slim"  Morgan  and  L.  R.  Scott,  on  the 
Sunnyside  claims. 

Today  the  town  of  Round  Mountain  stands  alone  as 
"the  town  that  had  no  boom.*'  It  has  a  school,  a  public 
library,  a  bank,  a  hotel,  a  mining  stock  exchange  and  the 
usual  complement  of  mercantile  houses,  stores  and  broker- 
age and  business  offices.  The  Round  Mountain  Nugget, 
a  weekly  ten-page  newspaper,  has  a  plant  second  to  none 
in  the  state,  which  is  owned  by  Henry  J.  Bartlett,  the 
editor. 

In  point  of  development  three  mines  stand  pre-eminent 
at  this  writing.  They  are  the  Sunnyside,  Fairview  and 
the  Sphinx,  each  having  two  thousand  or  more  linear  feet 
to  its  credit.  All  three  of  them  are  gold-producers,  the 
first  two  mentioned  having  their  own  mills  now  in  opera- 
tion, while  the  Sphinx  has  a  Huntington  in  course  of 
construction.  These  two  mills  are  crushing  out  $80,000 
monthly,  and  it  is  but  a  matter  of  a  short  time  before  it 
will  be  necessary  to  increase  their  daily  output  in  order 
to  keep  pace  with  the  constantly  increasing  ore  tonnage 
which  these  mines  are  yielding. 

Other  properties  in  the  district  which  are  actively  en- 
gaged in  "mine  making"  are  the  Homestake,  Antelope, 
Mohawk,  Blue  Jacket,  Cahill,  Round  Mountain  Annex, 
Great  Western,  Comstock,  Daisy,  Combination,  Red  Top, 
Royal  Hawaiian,  Spink  Extension  and  Nevada  Gold  Trail. 

From  both  the  Daisy  and  the  Antelope  properties  have 
come  some  of  the  most  beautiful  specimens  of  flower  and 
wire  gold  that  have  ever  been  exhibited.  Leases  have  been 
let  on  both  of  these  company's  holdings  and  the  leasers 
bid  fair  to  become  rich  men  long  before  the  expiration 
of  their  contracts.  Several  have  already  made  their  stake 
and  in  passing  it  is  fair  to  state  that  the  opportunities  for 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


leasers  were  never  better  than  they  are  at  Round  Moun- 
tain. A  large  area  combined  with  rich  free  milling  ore, 
make  the  conditions  ideal  for  men  who  are  seeking  leasing 
propositions. 

But  it  is  not  only  in  hard  rock  mining  that  this  camp 
has  made  and  is  making  its  wonderful  record.  As  stated 
in  the  beginning  of  this  sketch,  Round  Mountain  has 
placed  before  the  mining  world  the  placer  possibilities  of 
Nevada  in  a  serious  light.  It  is  probably  safe  to  say 
that  up  to  the  time  the  Round  Mountain  placer  grounds 
were  discovered,  not  one  prospector  in  ten  gave  placer 
fields  in  Nevada  a  thought.  Nowadays  every  intervening 
foot  of  space  over  which  the  prospector  travels  is  fraught 
with  golden  possibilities,  and  instead  of  the  long,  weari- 
some and  uninteresting  hikes  from  range  to  range,  every 
dry  channel,  basin  or  flat  may  "look  good"  enough  for  a 
halt  and  a  try-out  at  panning. 

Thomas  Wilson  was  the  discoverer  of  the  Round  Moun- 
tain placer  fields,  and  from  the  small  dry-wash  machine 
worked  by  two  men,  has  been  evolved  the  tremendous  sur- 
face mining  undertakings  of  the  Round  Mountain  Hy- 
draulic Mining  Company.  In  a  desert  country  the  lack 
of  water  seemed  a  well-nigh  insurmountable  obstacle  to 
hope  for  the  installation  of  hydraulic  and  sluicing  meth- 
ods, but  by  means  of  great  pipes,  conduits  have  been  laid 
which  carry  the  water  from  a  distance  of  seven  miles. 

It  is  this  copious  water  supply,  and  the  proximity  of 
well-timbered  hills  which  have  supplied  the  fuel  enabling 
Round  Mountain  to  make  the  great  strides  that  it  has. 

Of  an  area  of  over  thirty  square  miles  which  comprise 
this  district,  less  than  two  square  miles  have  been  system- 
atically and  thoroughly  prospected  for  placer  ground. 

About  a  mile  and  a  half  to  the  northeast  of  the  camp 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


lies  the  famous  Round  Mountain  Monster  Gold  Mining 
Company,  on  whose  property  the  original  first  discovery 
of  tungsten  was  made  during  February  of  1907.  It  was 
while  prospecting  for  gold  that  the  general  manager  of 
the  company,  J.  C.  Popper,  found  the  quartz  stringers 
which  carried  this  valuable  mineral.  The  ground  has 
since  developed  larger  surface  showings  of  that  metal  than 
are  at  present  known  to  exist  anywhere  in  America. 

Tungsten  is  not  a  newly  discovered  metal,  but  the  dis- 
covery of  a  myriad  uses  for  it  have  increased  its  value 
and  made  it  as  much  sought  for  as  gold.  Based  on  assay 
leturns,  the  tungstic  acid  of  the  Round  Mountain  dis- 
trict give  higher  values  than  are  obtained  from  any  of 
the  mines  of  Australia,  England,  Germany  or  the  United 
States. 

Besides  its  story  of  gold  and  tungsten,  Round  Moun- 
tain has  its  tale  of  silver,  and  no  conception  of  fiction  is 
woven  about  with  more  romance. 

In  the  midst  of  the  solitary  grandeur  of  Jefferson  can- 
yon, practically  alone,  Charles  Harrison  and  Charles  Kan- 
rohat  have  lived  since  the  early  seventies  without  the  ex- 
change of  a  friendly  word  of  greeting.  As  young  men 
they  came  into  Nevada  during  the  excitement  of  the  silver 
days,  and  each  of  them  staked  off  a  group  of  claims  on 
opposite  sides  of  Jefferson  Canyon,  and  set  to  work  to 
open  them  up.  Both  of  them  had  good  properties,  and 
they  prospered.  Thousands  of  dollars  were  taken  out 
of  the  ground  until  the  decline  in  silver  occurred,  and 
then  it  was  found  that  with  the  antiquated  methods  of 
mining  existing  in  those  days  it  was  no  longer  profitable 
to  mine  for  silver.  Then  it  was  that  these  two  men  were 
left  alone.  Of  all  the  teeming  camp  that  had  grown  up 
in  the  canvon  onlv  those  two  men  had  faith  in  the  future, 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


and  the  hope  of  an  ultimate  awakening-  and  they  stayed 
on. 

Iti  was  at  this  time  that  a  slight  misunderstanding 
estranged  the  two  men,  and  in  the  years  of  their  loneli- 
ness the  bitterness  grew  so  that  even  in  this  new  era  of 
gold  and  cheap  mining  methods,  when  once  again  they 
have  come  into  their  own  and  each  has  sold  his  mine,  the 
mines  which  each  had  worked  alone  and  unaided  through 
the  long  years  between  the  silver  days  and  the  discovery 
of  Round  Mountain,  when  each  has  come  into  a  compe- 
tence which  will  permit  of  his  living  in  affluence  the  re- 
mainder of  his  days,  the  bitterness  still  rankles,  even 
though  the  cause  of  the  bitterness  may  have  become  for- 
gotten through  the  lapse  of  years.  The  burning  desert 
sears  deep. 

The  old  Charles  mine  which  was  the  property  of  Harri- 
son, was  purchased  by  a  syndicate  of  men  who  formed 
the  Round  Mountain  Allegany  Mining  Company. 

On  the  Kanrohat  property  sixty  thousand  dollars  worth 
of  work  has  been  done,  consisting  of  a  mile  of  tunnels  and 
shafts.  A  million  tons  of  ore  are  in  sight.  This  ore  is 
principally  of  free  milling  character,  about  two-thirds  sil- 
ver and  one-third  gold. 

Their  dream  of  the  rejuvenation  of  the  old  Jefferson 
district  has  at  last  been  realized.  The  renaissance  of  this 
canyon  after  its  Rip  Van  Winklian  slumber  of  more  than 
a  quarter  of  a  century  is  but  one  instance  of  where  famous 
old  silver  mines  have  received  their  quickening1  in  the 
adoption  of  modern  methods  of  handling  and  milling  ore. 

That  the  Round  Mountain  district  has  a  great  future  is 
conceded  by  all  who  have  studied  its  possibilities,  and  the 
camp  has  not  as  yet  attained  to  the  dignity  of  having 
discarded  its  swaddling  clothes. 


wW£ 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


JOHN   F.  STEBBINS 

ATTLEMAN,  sheepman,  ranchman, 
miner,  if  ever  there  was  a  typical  son  of 
Nevada,  he  must  be  John  F.  Stebbins  of 
Round  Mountain.  His  is  the  story  of 
years  of  hard  work  on  the  desert  which 
at  last  has  brought  him  wealth.  His 
childhood  and  early  youth  were  spent  in  Austin,  where 
he  was  born  in  1868.  Jefferson  Canyon,  a  dead  min- 
ing camp  that  had  been  worked  in  the  early  seventies, 
attracted  his  attention,  and  with  F.  W.  Dixon  he 
went  into  the  cattle  business  there  seventeen  years  ago. 
For  sixteen  years  he  lived  within  four  miles  of  the  present 
camp  of  Round  Mountain  and  tramped  and  rode  all  over 
that  section  without  dreaming  of  the  wealth  that  lay  be- 
low. 

In  1891  Mr.  Stebbins  located  placer  claims  in  Jefferson 
Canyon.  In  1901  he  discovered  the  Golden  Hope  mine  in 
the  canyon  and  discovered  Round  Mountain  by  finding 
gold  on  the  Saddleback  claim,  now  known  as  Round 
Mountain  Extension.  The  following  year  he  and  Mr. 
Dixon  ran  a  tunnel  100  feet  on  Mariposa,  and  December 
i  bonded  the  claims  to  Louis  D.  Gordon,  who  worked 
them  for  an  eastern  company.  On  February  20,  1905, 
Stebbins  and  Dixon  located  the  Sunnyside  claims  for  Gor- 
don, and  on  March  3  free  gold  was  discovered  on  these 
claims  by  E.  R.  Scott  and  Luther  Morgan.  On  March 
1 6  Stebbins  and  Dixon  sold  the  claims  to  Loftus  &  Davis, 
who  now  own  the  famous  mine.  Mrs.  Stebbins  her- 
self, in  1905  located  the  Antelope  Claim,  which  she  sold 
to  C.  C.  Boak.  Stebbins  and  his  partner  owned  nearly 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


all  the  water  rights  in  the  district,  which  they  recently  sold 
to  the  Round  Mountain  Daisy  Mining  Company. 

Mr.  Stebbins  married  Lena  M.  Rogers,  a  true  Nevada 
girl,  and  Mr.  Dixon  married  a  sister  of  Mr.  Stebbins. 
Both  men  were  cowboys  in  the  early  days  and  know  Ne- 
vada as  do  few  others.  Their  partnership  is  based  on 
absolute  faith  in  each  other.  They  have  worked  together 
for  years,  have  never  had  any  written  agreement,  not 
even  the  scratch  of  a  pen,  and  not  once  in  all  the  years 
has  a  disagreement  occurred  to  mar  their  happy  relations. 

When  you  write  the  story  of  one  partner  you  write  the 
story  of  the  other,  for  closer  than  brothers  have  they 
been.  In  Jefferson  canyon  they  have  lived  for  so  many 
years  with  almost  no  companions  but  the  members  of  their 
two  families  and  without  any  amusement  except  that 
which  they  could  manufacture  for  themselves. 

Mrs.  Stebbins  knows  enough  about  mining  to  make  the 
average  city-bred  woman  open  her  eyes  in  wonder,  and 
from  her  own  locations  she  has  made  a  large  sum  of 
money.  Since  fortune  has  come  to  the  two  families  they 
are  the  same  simple  folk  as  before,  content  to  live  a  happy, 
wholesome  life. 


»4t 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


HENRY   J.  BARTLETT 


EVADA  has  no  more  loyal  son  than 
Henry  J.  Bartlett,  and  Round  Mountain 
owes  more  to  the  personal  efforts  of  this 
one  man  than  to  any  other  influence 
which  has  gone  to  make  this  district 
known  to  and  appreciated  by  the  outside 
world.  Less  than  one  month  after  the  discovery  of  gold 
in  the  Round  Mountain  District,  Henry  Bartlett  founded, 
and  housed,  the  plant  of  the  Round  Mountain  Nugget,  a 
virile  and  up-to-date  eight-page  weekly  newspaper.  His 
confidence  in  the  coming  greatness  of  the  district  may 
be  inferred  from  the  fact  that  $10,000  was  put  into  the 
venture  when  less  than  a  dozen  tent  houses  and  not  over 
fifty  persons,  comprised  the  sum  total  of  the  community. 
The  story  of  Round  Mountain  is  the  story  of  Mr.  Bart- 
lett. They  have  grown  and  prospered  hand  in  hand, 
and  with  "The  Nugget"  Bartlett  has  shown  the  way. 
His  mind  it  was  which  conceived  the  Round  Mountain 
Hydraulic  Mining  Company,  and  his  energy  which 
brought  to  fruition  the  possibility  of  this  gigantic  scheme 
of  placer  mining  with  water.  To  his  indefatig- 
able effort  is  due  the  fact  that  the  Daisy  Mining  Com- 
pany came  into  possession  of  all  of  the  valuable  water 
rights  of  the  district,  which  in  turn  is  supplying  the  city 
and  surrounding  mines. 

There  are  but  few  propositions  in  the  district  in  which 
if  he  is  not  an  officer,  director,  or  the  promoter,  he  is  a 
share-holder. 

He  has  the  distinction  of  being  the  first  newspaperman 
in  the  State  to  travel  about  in  his  own  automobile,  which 
is  christened  the  "Nugget  Flyer,"  and  Bartlett  and  his 
"Flyer"  are  known  in  all  of  the  great  Nevada  camps. 


HENRY  J.  BARTLETT 


til 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


CHESTER  O.  OLIVE 


HERE  is  a  man  in  Round  Mountain 
who  has  more  than  a  passing  regard 
for  "hunches"  and  perhaps  it  is  with 
good  reason.  Just  before  the  earth- 
quake in  San  Francisco,  Chester  O. 
Olive,  who  had  business  interests 
there  at  that  time,  got  a  "hunch"  that  he  wanted  to  go 
away.  He  did  not  know  just  why,  but  he  finally  deter- 
mined that  it  must  be  the  gold  fever  and  three  days  be- 
fore the  terrible  catastrophe,  which  left  the  city  a  mass 
of  blackened  ruins,  he  sold  everything  he  had  and  started 
for  the  gold  fields  of  Nevada.  That  was  just  at  the  be- 
ginning of  things  in  Round  Mountain  and  there  he  de- 
termined to  pitch  his  tent.  He  did  not  know  much  about 
mining,  but  he  knew  a  little  about  the  needs  of  a  miner 
and  started  a  small  store.  A  few  months  later  he  be- 
came postmaster  and  it  was  not  very  long  before  he  started 
the  Round  Mountain  Banking  corporation. 

At  present  there  is  not  very  much  in  Round  Mountain 
which  this  young  man  is  not.  Ask  for  the  postmaster  and 
some  one  will  point  to  Mr.  Olive ;  ask  for  the  banker  and 
it  is  Mr.  Olive  you  will  be  shown ;  ask  for  the  secretary 
and  treasurer  of  the  Round  Mountain  Hydraulic  Company 
and  again  Mr.  Olive  is  indicated. 

All  his  "hunches"  seem  to  have  been  good  ones.  He 
was  one  of  the  purchasers  of  the  famous  Charles  Mine 
in  Jefferson  Canyon,  which  was  shut  down  as  a  result  of 
"the  crime  of  '73."  With  the  changed  conditions  of  today 
the  present  owners  expect  to  make  a  great  thing  of  the 
mine.  Though  a  young  man,  Mr.  Olive  is  one  of  the  most 
substantial  citizens  of  the  camp. 


252 


CHESTER  O.  OLIVE 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


THOMAS   WILSON 

HOMAS  WILSON,  discoverer  of  the 
rich  placer  diggings  at  Round  Moun- 
tain, has  made  a  fortune  by  the  dry 
washing  process.  Hence  his  Nevada 
sobriquet,  "Dry  Wash"  Wilson.  To 
him  is  due  the  credit  for  launching  one 
of  the  greatest  industries  in  that  part  of  the  state,  for  on 
October  10  of  this  year  water  was  turned  into  the  pipes 
of  the  Round  Mountain  Hydraulic  Mining  Company,  and 
the  work  of  taking  out  the  riches  was  begun  on  a  large 
scale.  As  the  discoverer  of  the  rich  diggings  Mr.  Wilson 
in  three  months  took  out  $50,000  and  convinced  his  as- 
sociates that  a  great  hydraulic  plant  only  was  needed  to 
make  the  workings  a  producer  of  millions. 

Mr.  Wilson  made  his  discovery  while  prospecting  in 
the  Round  Mountain  District  in  the  spring  of  1906. 
Early  in  the  summer  he  installed  two  small  hand  dry 
washing  machines.  This  was  on  the  property  of  the 
Round  Mountain  Mining  Company  and  Round  Mountain 
Combination  Mining  Company,  where  he  secured  leases, 
also  making  a  number  of  valuable  locations  adjoining 
these  properties.  With  Henry  Bartlett,  Captain  Thatcher 
and  Loftus  &  Davis  as  associates  he  promoted  the  Round 
Mountain  Hydraulic  Mining  Company,  whose  plant  now 
is  in  operation  and  which,  it  is  expected,  will  yield 
$5,000,000  within  a  brief  period  of  time. 


'•fffiffl* 


OLD    NEVADA 


257 


OLD    NEVADA 


GENERATION  passes  away  and  an- 
other comes;  the  customs,  the  hopes, 
the  joys  and  even  the  sorrows  of  an 
age  die,  and  new  ambitions,  new  cus- 
toms, new  hopes,  new  joys  and  in- 
evitably new  sorrows,  replace  them. 
Northern  Nevada  is  waving  a  last  farewell  to  one  gen- 
eration and  extending  a  welcoming  hand  to  another.  The 
discovery  of  the  goldfields  of  the  southern  part  of  the 
State  has  brought  new  life,  new  impetus  and  a  vast  land 
of  opportunities. 

Ten  years  ago,  if  a  prophet  had  chanced  to  visit  the 
fireplace  of  some  stock-raiser  or  rancher  far  out  of  the 
beaten  path  of  civilization  and  had  predicted  that  within 
a  very  few  moons  men  would  bring  from  barren  lands 
riches  enough  to  bestow  power  and  plenty  to  every  man 
in  Nevada,  the  stock-raiser  or  rancher  would  have 
laughed,  and  would  have  gone  quietly  on  tending  his  cows 
or  following  his  plough. 

When  the  men  of  the  north  said  farewell  to  the  Corn- 
stock  days  they  thought  they  were  through  with  mining 
in  Nevada  for  all  time  and  settled  down  to  make  the 
apparently  fruitless  soil  bring  forth  their  support.  They 
are  grand  old  men ;  they  have  fought  a  grand  fight,  year 
in  and  year  out,  with  little  hope  of  great  riches  ahead, 
their  only  ambition  to  glean  what  they  could  from  the  soil. 
They  did  not  suspect  that  new  men  would  come  into  the 
State,  open  new  treasure  stores  and  bring  wealth  to  those 
who  had  seen  her  through  her  worst  days. 

With  Jim  Butler's  discovery  of  Tonopah — somehow 
everything  seems  to  date  from  that  discovery — the  stock- 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


m 


raiser  of  the  north  was  forced  to  open  wide  his  eyes,  and 
he  has  kept  them  open  ever  since.  So  great  has  been  the 
effect  producd  by  the  wealth  dug  from  the  southern 
mines  in  the  last  few  years  that  every  city,  every  town, 
every  sheep-camp  and  every  ranch  has  been  benefited 
thereby.  The  man  who  passed  through  the  speculative 
days  of  the  Comstock  and  thought  the  germ  of  specula- 
tion dead  in  him  forever,  found  it  awake  and  quicken 
every  pulse  when  the  new  bonanza  stock  market  came  into 
being.  He  invested  his  money — the  little  he  had  saved 
from  his  years  of  toil — and  like  most  of  those  who  came 
in  on  the  crest  of  the  new  excitement  he  reaped  a  rich 
harvest. 

Reno  a  few  years  ago  little  more  than  a  railroad  center 
where  travelers  stopped  over  night  or  for  a  meal  between 
trains,  is  now  a  city — a  real,  live  city,  that  has  become 
headquarters  for  a  host  of  men  operating  in  every  section 
of  the  country.  The  wealth  of  the  southern  part  of  the 
State  has  built  for  Reno  handsome  business  blocks,  beauti- 
ful homes,  and  various  gigantic  enterprises  which  go  to 
make  of  a  town  a  city.  There  is  no  more  ideal  place  in 
the  State  than  this  same  bustling  little  city  built  on  the 
banks  of  the  beautiful  Truckee  River. 

And  the  favors  have  not  all  been  one-sided.  The 
northern  part  of  the  State  has  given  to  the  south  her 
sons,  the  best  of  her  young  blood,  imbued  with  the  mining 
germ  bequeathed  to  them  by  their  fathers  and  lying  dor- 
mant within  them  until  the  spark  of  this  new  gold  set  it 
aflame.  Sons  of  old  Nevada  have  done  much  to  develop 
the  resources  of  the  new  land  of  promise  and  fulfillment. 
They  have  helped  to  make  her  mines ;  they  have  helped 
to  build  her  railroads ;  they  have  helped  to  organize  her 
banking  institutions ;  they  have  sent  to  her  doctors, 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


lawyers,  brokers,  merchants  and  men  of  every  line  of 
achievement. 

There  are  those  in  old  Nevada  who  are  prone  to  cast 
glances  of  scorn  on  the  young  men  of  the  south ;  to  call 
them  "mushrooms''  and  "Johnny  Come  Latelys"  and  other 
such  names,  but  these  men  are  few.  Most  of  the  old 
men  of  the  north  are  just  and  generous.  They  realize 
that  if  southern  Nevada  owes  a  debt  to  northern  Nevada, 
northern  Nevada  likewise  owes  her  new  era,  her  renais- 
sance, to  the  southern  treasure  vaults.  Some  of  the  men 
of  the  south  are  "mushrooms"  and  "Johnny  Come  Late- 
lys," but  they  are  none  the  less  true  Nevadans.  They  are 
no  less  men  of  power,  men  of  courage,  men  of  energy, 
men  willing  to  fight  for  Nevada  and  willing  to  love  her 
for  all  time.  Though  they  are  adopted  sons,  they  are 
loyal  sons.  They  take  off  their  hats  to  the  men  who  have 
seen  the  State  through  her  days  of  poverty  and  hardship, 
and  all  thy  ask  in  return  is  a  little  recognition  for  the  new 
life  they  are  bringing  her. 

The  Comstock  was  great.  The  mention  of  her  name 
even  today  thrills  every  hearer  who  knows  of  her  glorious 
history.  But  the  Comstock  was  not  all  of  Nevada,  and 
even  those  who  are  living  in  the  past  awaken  from  their 
lethargy  to  listen  to  the  tales  of  new  wealth.  Many  of  the 
names  that  are  connected  with  Nevada's  history  have  been 
erased  from  the  earthly  roster,  and  rapidly  the  last  of  the 
white-bearded  monarchs  are  going  to  answer  to  the  roll- 
call  in  a  distant  land.  This  is  the  "between"  stage  in  the 
northern  part  of  the  State.  One  generation  is  passing 
away,  another  is  coming. 

When  this  new  mining  era  is  passed — it  may  be  years, 
it  may  be  centuries — the  stockmen  of  the  north  will  still 
be  driving  their  herds  from  one  range  to  another;  the 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


rancher  will  still  be  wrestling  with  the  soil  as  he  has 
wrestled  since  the  days  of  the  first  early  settlers.  The 
day  will  come,  and  all  indications  would  advise  that  it  is 
not  far  distant,  when  the  now  barren  lands  will  all  be 
under  the  command  of  man,  and  at  his  behest  bring 
forth  all  that  man  needs. 

As  mining  is  the  salvation  of  Nevada  now,  so  will  agri- 
culture be  in  some  distant  day  ,and  the  word  "water"  will 
tell  the  story  of  the  great  transition. 

And  as  one  generation  passes  away  and  another  conies 
to  take  its  place,  there  is  honor  and  praise  to  the  men  of 
the  north,  to  the  sturdy  pioneers  who  first  made  Nevada, 
and  to  themselves  and  their  sons  who  stand  ready  to 
succor  the  State  in  the  every  hour  of  her  need. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


COL.  T.  B.  RICKEY 

OLONEL  T.  B.  RICKEY  has  so  many 
interests  in  the  State  of  Nevada  that  one 
frequently  wonders  what  would  ever 
have  become  of  this  sagebrush  land  had 
the  Colonel  not  happened  along.  With- 
out doubt,  Colonel  Rickey  has  done  more 
than  has  any  other  one  man  to  develop  the  state.  He  is 
one  of  that  class  of  men  who  does  things,  a  man  intended 
for  great  accomplishments,  who  hates  failure  and  who 
honors  the  man  or  woman  who  succeeds. 

Born  in  Ohio,  August  23,  1836,  he  crossed  the  plains 
to  California  in  1852,  a  boy  sixteen  years  of  age.  He  be- 
gan mining  in  Amador  County,  but  soon  turned  his  at- 
tention to  stock  raising  and  took  a  drove  of  cattle  into 
Antelope  Valley,  Douglas  County,  Nev.,  driving  them 
over  the  hills  from  California.  He  did  not  have  any  cap- 
ital, and  the  only  assets  on  which  to  build  a  fortune  were 
his  own  youth,  energy  and  ambitions.  He  prospered  in 
the  cattle  business,  and  when  the  miners  were  taking  gold 
from  the  Comstock  he  was  supplying  the  beef  for  the 
camp.  Colonel  Rickey's  youthful  ambitions  were 
more  than  realized.  He  is  known  as  the  cattle  king  of 
Nevada ;  has  42,000  acres  of  land  in  Antelope,  a  ranch 
in  Alpine  County,  Cal.,  and  recently  sold  to  Los  Angeles 
the  largest  of  the  water  rights  in  Owens  River  Valley.  He 
has  devoted  much  time  to  the  study  of  irrigation  and  owns 
extensive  water  rights.  Much'  arid  land  has  been  re- 
claimed by  him.  Colonel  Rickey  is  president  of  the  State 
Bank  and  Trust  Company  of  Nevada,  the  Goldfield  Con- 
solidated Water  Company,  the  Homer  Wilson  Trust 
Company,  which  includes  the  old  Sullivan  Trust  Company 


COL.  T.  B.  RICKEY 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


and  other  large  interests  throughout  the  state.  He  has 
founded  a  chain  of  banks  through  the  state  and  has 
erected  the  largest  building  in  Southern  Nevada,  an  im- 
mense five-story  brick  block  on  the  main  street  of  Tono- 
pah,  which  is  the  home  of  the  State  Bank  and  Trust  Corrp 
pany.  He  has  extensive  mining  interests  in  many  dis- 
tricts, and  is  an  owner  of  the  Nevada-California  Power 
Company.  Colonel  Rickey  has  a  handsome  residence  in 
Carson  City,  where  also  is  located  the  home  bank  of  the 
State  Bank  and  Trust  Company.  His  interests  keep  him 
traveling  most  of  the  time.  As  his  accomplishments 
prove,  the  Colonel  is  a  man  of  wonderful  executive  abil- 
ity, untiring  energy  and  keen  foresight.  He  can  see  into 
the  future  and  has  the  faculty  of  recognizing  an  oppor- 
tunity and  seizing  it.  Colonel  Rickey  is  a  staunch  Re-- 
publican in  politics,  and  although  he  has  been  many  times 
offered  the  nomination  for  governor  he  steadfastly  de- 
clines to  accept  any  office. 

His  success  has  come  from  his  own  efforts  entirely.  He 
is  widely  known  throughout  the  western  country  and  in 
the  east  as  well. 

He  is  in  Carson  today,  Tonopah  tomorrow,  Goldfield 
the  next  day,  and  perhaps  speeding  east  to  New  York  or 
west  to  San  Francisco  the  day  after.  His  big  automobile 
can  be  seen  trailing  over  the  desert  at  all  hours,  and  its 
owner  seems  never  too  tired  to  work  just  a  little  bit  more. 
A  man  with  less  energy  than  Colonel  Rickey  would  have 
long  ago  retired  from  active  business  life.  Not  so  with 
Colonel  Rickey.  He  is  as  active  today  as  in  the  early 
clays  of  his  career,  and  he  has  no  intention  of  soon  going 
out  of  harness. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


SAMUEL  PLATT 

N  Nevada  people  have  to  go  ahead  to 
keep  from  being  run  over,  according 
to  Samuel  Platt,  United  States  attor- 
ney for  that  district,  and  Mr.  Platt  fol- 
lows the  go-ahead  doctrine  if  there  is 
any  man  in  the  state  that  does.  A  large 
majority  of  the  young  men  who  have  been  born  in  Carson 
or  other  nearby  cities,  have  grown  up  and  gone  away  to 
seek  their  fortunes  in  other  fields.  A  few  have  stayed 
and  have  been  successful  in  a  remarkable  degree.  Strik- 
ing among  those  successes  is  Sam  Platt.  It  was  on  Nov. 
17,  1874,  that  Joseph  Platt,  one  of  the  pioneer  merchants 
of  Carson  City,  became  the  father  of  a  son  whom  he  was 
to  see  within  a  few  years  occupying  a  position  such  as  few 
men  of  his  age  in  America  could  hold.  Sam  Platt's  boy- 
hood was  spent  in  Carson  City  and  he  was  graduated  from 
Stanford  University  with  the  class  of  '96.  The  follow- 
ing year  he  completed  his  course  in  law  at  Columbia  Uni- 
versity. He  was  admitted  to  the  bar  at  the  age  of  21  and 
entered  politics  soon  after  his  return  to  Nevada.  He  was 
on  the  minority  side  and  his  fight  has  been  uphill  since 
the  beginning. 

As  the  republican  candidate  for  district  attorney  of 
Ormsby  County  he  was  defeated,  but  at  the  next  election 
was  placed  in  the  legislature  and  received  the  republican 
complimentary  vote  for  speaker.  The  democrats  were  in 
the  majority  and  the  speaker  was  chosen  by  them.  Mr. 
Platt  was  nominated  for  attorney  general  on  the  republi- 
can ticket,  but  was  defeated  by  Jim  Sweeney,  now  asso- 
ciate justice  of  the  supreme  court.  The  lives  of  these  two 
young  men  have  been  strangely  interwoven.  They  were 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


boys  together  in  Carson  City  and  have  been  fast  friends 
through  all  their  political  battles.  Both  were  in  the  legis- 
lature representing  opposing  parties  and  during  their  cam- 
paign for  the  attorney  generalship  they  went  around  the 
state  throwing  compliments  at  each  other. 

After  his  defeat  for  the  office  of  attorney  general,  Mr. 
Platt  was  again  elected  to  the  legislature  and  this  time  he 
was  made  its  speaker.  In  January,  1906,  he  was  ap- 
pointed by  President  Roosevelt  United  States  attorney 
for  the  district  of  Nevada. 

During  these  years  he  also  served  as  assistant  secretary 
of  state  and  United  States  referee  in  bankruptcy,  but  his 
private  practice  increased  so  much  that  it  was  necessary 
for  him  to  give  up  these  duties.  *nCTOft  LJbHBj 

Mr.  Platt  made  the  speech  which  started  George  S. 
Nixon's  boom  for  the  United  States  Senate  and  he  also 
made  the  speech  nominating  James  A.  Yerrington  for 
congress  on  the  republican  ticket  in  1905,  after  first  de- 
clining the  nomination  himself.  He  has  stumped  the  state 
several  times  in  the  interest  of  the  republican  party  and 
is  known  as  a  fighter  for  the  ideals  in  which  he  believes. 

In  the  legal  world  he  has  gained  a  name  as  well  as  in 
the  realm  of  politics.  In  his  private  practice  he  repre- 
sents some  of  the  most  prominent  men  and  the  largest 
corporations  of  the  state. 

A  man  of  remarkable  versatility  is  this  young  lawyer- 
politician  for  he  adds  to  his  other  accomplishments  a 
knowledge  of  music  and  love  of  it  which  has  resulted  in 
bringing  much  pleasure  to  his  associates.  He  is  a  bachelor 
and  has  had  little  time  for  cupid's  game,  but  is  popular 
with  men  and  women  alike,  wherever  he  goes. 


•:sw> 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


OSCAR   J.  SMITH 


ROM  cowboy  to  bank  president  and  one 
of  the  foremost  men  in  the  state  is  the 
record  of  Oscar  J.  Smith,  a  record  that 
he  modestly  says  is  nothing.  There  is 
in  Nevada  probably  no  man  who  knows 
more  of  mining,  stock  raising  and  bank- 
ing conditions  than  Mr.  Smith.  He  has  had  an  interest- 
ing career.  Rhode  Island  is  his  native  state,  and  it  wel- 
comed him  in  1859.  He  went  to  school  in  Massachusetts, 
and  in  some  manner  he  contracted  the  "western  fever/' 
He  arrived  in  Colorado  in  1880,  and  for  the  next  three 
years  worked  as  miner  and  as  a  cowboy  on  the  big  ranges. 
Then  he  began  a  remarkable  rise.  Mr.  Smith  became  con- 
nected with  a  smelter  in  1884  and  in  six  years  he  worked 
up  from  the  position  of  roustabout  through  the  lead  and 
silver  refineries  to  a  position  as  assayer,  and  later  became  a 
traveling  ore  buyer.  In  1890  he  engaged  in  the  business 
of  buying  and  selling  ores  for  himself  on  the  west  coast 
of  Mexico,  at  Mazatlan  and  later  at  other  places. 

Mr.  Smith  went  to  Reno  in  1896,  and  not  contented  with 
his  achievements  to  date,  was  admitted  to  the  bar,  was 
elected  president  of  the  Eureka  County  Bank  in  1898,  and 
a  year  later  became  identified  with  Mr.  Griffin  and  his 
brother,  Bert  L.  Smith,  in  the  Eureka  Live  Stock  Com- 
pany. From  1905  Mr.  Smith  has  devoted  considerable  of 
his  attention  to  banking,  having  been  chosen  president  of 
the  First  National  Bank  of  Elko  in  1905,  and  in  the  same 
year  president  of  the  Southern  Nevada  Banking  Com- 
pany, now  the  First  National  Bank  of  Rhyolite.  In  1906 
he  was  elected  vice-president  of  the  Bank  of  Manhattan. 


268 


OSCAR  J.  SMITH 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


All  Mr.  Smith's  time  is  not  devoted  to  personal  inter- 
ests. He  is  a  prominent  Republican  and  was  a  delegate 
to  the  Republican  National  Convention  in  Philadelphia  in 
1900.  In  1904  he  was  elected  long-term  regent  of  the 
University  of  Nevada,  and  this  office  he  still  holds.  He  was 
the  Republican  choice  for  Congress  in  the  last  election. 

Mr.  Smith  is  a  big,  handsome  man,  a  natural  leader  of 
men,  but  at  the  same  time  gentle  mannered  and  courteous, 
as  is  always  the  true  Westerner. 

With  the  personality  of  the  true  Western  man,  and  the 
determination  to  make  good  in  everything  he  attempts, 
it  is  little  wonder  that  success  has  beamed  upon  him  so 
graciously.  His  wife  is  a  beautiful  and  charming  woman, 
and  their  home  in  Reno  is  the  scene  of  much  delightful 
entertaining.  Whether  it  is  the  banker,  the  lawyer,  the 
stockman,  the  politician  or  the  host  whom  one  appeals  to 
in  Mr.  Smith,  the  man  is  always  the  same. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


W.  R.  RIDGE 

R.  RIDGE,  "Roy"  Ridge,  mining  oper- 
ator, heavily  interested  where  prospects 
are  the  brightest,  almost  went  to  Alaska 
instead  of  to  Nevada,  but  circumstances 
interfered.  For  this  he  is  probably 
glad,  and  Nevada  is  not  at  all  sorry. 
He  is  the  type  of  a  man  that  is  willing  to  take  a  chance 
and  match  his  wits  and  judgment  against  the  desert.  He 
was  born  in  Kansas  in  1876,  and  just  twenty  years  later 
he  came  west,  intending  to  go  on  to  the  Klondyke.  But 
he  failed  to  get  any  farther  than  California,  where  he 
soon  found  work  in  Former  Governor  Markham's  mines 
in  Hedges,  as  millman.  He  also  obtained  some  valuable 
experience  in  the  mines  of  Sierra  County  and  later  in 
Senator  Kearn's  famous  Silver  King  Mine. 

Now  comes  a  story  of  ups  and  downs  in  Nevada :  Mr. 
Ridge  went  to  Tonopah  and  worked  as  foreman  in  the 
Montana-Tonopah  Mine,  then  entered  the  brokerage  busi- 
ness in  Tonopah.  He  was  one  of  the  first  dozen  or  so 
men  to  get  in  ahead  of  the  rush  to  Goldfield,  going  there 
to  prospect.  He  helped  measure  the  Jumbo  and  Florence 
claims  and  a  year  later  secured  a  lease  on  the  Jumbo  with 
U,ri  Curtis,  which  made  history  for  the  camp  under  the 
name  of  the  Ridge-Curtis  Lease.  They  took  out  $300,000 
in  ninety  days.  Mr.  Ridge  located  thirty  claims  in  the 
heart  of  Goldfield  in  1903,  but  sustained  an  accident  to  his 
finger.  Blood  poisoning  developed  and  he  was  forced  to 
go  out  of  the  desert  for  medical  treatment.  Had  he  been 
able  to  stay  with  his  claims  they  would  have  brought  him 
a  fortune. 

Upon  first  reports  of  a  find  at  Fairview  in  February, 


^fl 


W.  R.  RIDGE 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


1906,  Mr.  Ridge  and  P.  H.  McLaughlin,  with  whom  he 
was  associated,  decided  to  see  what  the  new  field  offered. 
The  two  were  playing  pool  in  the  Montezuma  Club  at  the 
time.  "I'll  match  you,"  said  one,  "to  see  which  goes  to 
look  over  the  prospect."  They  matched,  and  the  lot  fell 
to  Mr.  Ridge.  He  went,  and  the  first  day  in  Fairview  he 
selected  the  ground  which  he  purchased  two  weeks  later 
from  Joe  Davis,  a  Tonopah  prospector.  It  is  known  as 
the  Dromedary  Hump  Mine,  named  from  the  shape  of  the 
hills.  It  took  Mr.  Ridge  two  weeks  to  find  the  owner  of 
the  property,  but  it  is  now  one  of  the  most  promising  in 
the  district. 

Mr.  Ridge's  home  and  office  are  in  Reno,  but  his  in- 
terests are  many  throughout  the  state.  He  was  the  lead- 
ing factor  in  building  the  telephone  and  telegraph  line  into 
Fairview,  which  connected  that  camp  with  the  outside 
world.  rr^- 

Picture  a  man  who  has  accomplished  all  this  and  you 
have  a  likeness  of  Mr.  Ridge :  manly,  straightforward,  a 
representative  of  the  young  mining  men  who  are  "mak- 
ing" Nevada. 

Had  he  been  a  different  stamp  of  man — one  less  ener- 
getic and  more  inclined  to  rely  on  the  efforts  of  others, 
Mr.  Ridge  might  be  back  in  Kansas  City  today  instead  of 
occupying  the  prominent  place  in  Nevada  history  which 
is  now  his.  A  member  of  a  family  well  provided  with 
this  world's  wealth,  he  might  have  been  content  to  idle 
away  his  time  and  spend  the  money  which  others  have 
made,  but  he  was  not.  He  wanted  the  pride  and  joy  of 
feeling  that  if  success  and  fortune  came  to  him  it  should 
not  be  of  the  ready-made  kind,  but  of  his  own  fashioning 
and  built  upon  hard  work.  When  he  arrived  in  Nevada 
he  brought  little  more  than  the  average  prospector,  but 
he  will  have  much  more  to  take  awav. 


Who's     Who     in     Nevada. 


J.  BURRO 

HEN  the  history  of  Nevada  is  made  and 
written ;  when  the  honor  roll  of  the  he- 
roes of  the  pick  and  pan  is  called,  there 
is  one  name  that  must  not  be  missing — 
that  of  J.  Burro.  Always  in  the  fore- 
front, never  faltering  under  heavy 
loads  of  responsibility,  this  maker  of  Nevada  upon  whom 
the  searchlight  is  here  turned  for  the  first  time,  stands 
unabashed,  though  modest,  with  those  to  whom  this  great 
mining  country  owes  its  discovery  and  development. 

Born  of  humble  though  honest  parents — Mr.  and  Mrs. 
J.  Burro — the  subject  of  this  sketch  claims  Any  County, 
Nevada,  as  his  home.  Early  in  life  he  began  to  display 
those  qualities  which  later  were  to  bring  him  prominently 
before  the  public.  He  had  few  educational  opportunities 
except  those  offered  in  his  own  home  under  the  tutorship 
of  his  mother.  But  he  was  quick  to  learn,  and  inheriting 
sturdy  characteristics  from  his  parents,  who  were  pio- 
neers, he  soon  entered  actively  into  prospecting  and 
freighting  business.  His  strength  and  endurance  were 
such  that  almost  invariably  he  bore  all  the  burdens  while 
his  partners  walked  lightly  by  his  side. 

Mr.  Burro  has  been  instrumental  in  discovering  and 
locating  some  of  the  best  properties  in  the  State.  He 
penetrates  the  remote  districts  bringing  back  samples  for 
assaying  and  reports  of  wealth  that  startle  the  world. 

While  not  particularly  handsome,  Mr.  Burro  has  an 
honest,  genial,  expression  that  inspires  confidence.  He  is 
deeply  interested  in  the  State's  development,  and  his  voice 
is  raised  frequently  proclaiming  the  riches  of  Nevada. 


-""£-^\* 


J.  BURRO 


2f5 


•      WHO'S   WHO 

Chemist    and    Assayer 

Certificate  of  Assay  of  Mr.  Nevada  Man 

SAMPLE 

ORE 

POUNDS 

oz. 

VALUE 

Manliness     - 

36 

8 

$150,000 

Honesty     -     - 

34 

6 

375,000 

Optimism    - 

12 

12 

45,250 

Loyalty      -     - 

22 

10 

33,700 

Patience 

9 

9 

1,050 

175  Ibs  of 

Boost    -     -     - 

26 

1 

93,500 

pay  dirt 

Knock    -     -     - 

Luck     -     -     - 

13 

2 

17,300 

C2H60 

1 

Good  Fellow- 

ship    -     - 

9 

11 

19,200 

Pure  Gold      - 

10 

4 

26,000 

Totals 

Nevada  Man 

175  Lbs. 

$761,000 

,